en_tn/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	MAT	front	intro	sa9c			0		Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Matthew The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50) Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57) Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19) What is the book of Matthew about? The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Matthew? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What is the “kingdom of heaven?” Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever. What were Jesus’ teaching methods? The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew? The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions: “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44) “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13) “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21) “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11) “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16) “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14) Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	MAT	1	intro	y7kk			0		Matthew 1 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23. Special concepts in this chapter Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies. Important figures of speech in this chapter Use of the passive voice Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	MAT	1	1	ava1			0	General Information:	The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of both King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through 1:17.
5	MAT	1	1	vpg1	figs-metaphor	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham	Here, son means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6	MAT	1	3	g8y6	translate-names		0	of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram	Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7	MAT	1	5	q5bd	translate-names	Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ	1	Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth	Rahab and Ruth were the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8	MAT	1	11	rj7p		ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	at the deportation to Babylon	Alternate translation: See the UST
9	MAT	1	11	v2im		Βαβυλῶνος	1	to Babylon	Here, Babylonian refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon.
10	MAT	1	12	y7cx		μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	after the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in 1:11 for Babylonian.
11	MAT	1	16	b3bm	figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	of Mary, by whom Jesus was born	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12	MAT	1	16	wdbo	translate-names	Μαρίας	1		Mary is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13	MAT	1	16	z2rg	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14	MAT	1	17	z5xw		τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in 1:11.
15	MAT	1	18	gnl6	writing-newevent	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν	1	General Information:	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16	MAT	1	18	cqt1	figs-activepassive	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph	Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary’s parents promised to Jospeh that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	MAT	1	18	xvk1	figs-euphemism	πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	before they came together	This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” or “before they got married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
18	MAT	1	18	in4a	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	was found having in the womb	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19	MAT	1	18	q6y8	figs-idiom	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1		This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “Joseph found out that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “Some people discovered that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20	MAT	1	18	a71d	figs-explicit	ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	by the Holy Spirit	The power of the Holy Spirit had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit allowing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21	MAT	1	19	pu3p	grammar-connect-time-background	ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	to divorce her	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband was a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
22	MAT	1	20	iip4	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	when he had thought	The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Jospeh was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
23	MAT	1	20	lc8r	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	son of David	Here, son means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24	MAT	1	20	va5e	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25	MAT	1	21	j38f	grammar-connect-time-background	αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	she will bear a son	for he will save his people from their sins is explaining the meaning of the nameJesus. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
26	MAT	1	21	em9q		τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his people	Here, his refers to the those people who love the Lord. Alternate translation: “the people whom the Lord loves”
27	MAT	1	22	c1vw	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28	MAT	1	22	p39k	figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29	MAT	1	22	e8ld	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		In Paul’s culture, saying is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30	MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	Immanuel is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31	MAT	1	23	wlft	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32	MAT	1	23	lm6t	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which is translated, “God with us.”	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name Immanuel means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
33	MAT	1	24	iue3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
34	MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
35	MAT	2	intro	dz1c			0		Matthew 2 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “His star” These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Learned men” English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
36	MAT	2	1	j9yn	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	General Information:	learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem comes after Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
37	MAT	2	1	kf5g	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	of Herod	There was more than one man named Herod. This refers to Herod the Great. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38	MAT	2	1	p6gc	translate-unknown	μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	learned men from the east	These men were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39	MAT	2	2	w3nc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
40	MAT	2	2	zj7c	figs-explicit	αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the star, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41	MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
42	MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, Jerusalem refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
43	MAT	2	3	b0gt	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
44	MAT	2	3	mc1r	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, all means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
45	MAT	2	4	ne4v	figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	General Information:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
46	MAT	2	5	w68n	figs-ellipsis	ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In Bethlehem of Judea	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
47	MAT	2	5	z2i4	figs-activepassive	οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	thus it has been written through the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
48	MAT	2	5	o460	writing-quotations	οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1		In Matthew’s culture, for thus it has been written through the prophet is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
49	MAT	2	6	kmw7	figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	you, Bethlehem	Micah was speaking to Bethlehem as if it was a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
50	MAT	2	6	c2cl	figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah	If are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
51	MAT	2	6	rihn	figs-metonymy	ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος	1		When Matthew says for from you will come out a ruler, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52	MAT	2	6	tg5d	figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	who will shepherd my people Israel	Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will shepherd…Israel. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
53	MAT	2	8	jtw7	figs-infostructure	προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	might worship him	Herod first says Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him. and then he sent them to Bethlehem. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, “After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
54	MAT	2	11	q8vp	figs-explicit	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1		In their culture, falling down, they worshipped him was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	MAT	2	11	r452	figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	their treasures	Here, their treasures refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
56	MAT	2	11	kidl	figs-explicit	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα	1		In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57	MAT	2	13	v88f	figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	until I tell you	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
58	MAT	2	15	ft3a	writing-pronouns	ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	he was	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jospeh, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
59	MAT	2	15	we5w	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
60	MAT	2	15	s792	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		See how you translated saying in 1:23(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
61	MAT	2	16	g513	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	he had been mocked by the learned men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
62	MAT	2	16	d8d5	figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	having sent forth, he killed all the male children	Herod sent other people to kill the children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
63	MAT	2	17	l8g5	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	Then was fulfilled	See how your translated this in 2:15 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
64	MAT	2	18	k91t	figs-activepassive	φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη	1	A voice was heard	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
65	MAT	2	18	x062	figs-doublet	κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very loud. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
66	MAT	2	18	zm17	figs-metonymy	Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	Rachel weeping for her children	Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
67	MAT	2	18	rgg1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	not willing to be comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
68	MAT	2	18	p9ri	figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	because they are no more	Here, they are no more is a polite way of saying they are dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
69	MAT	2	20	hz2m	figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	those who seek the life of the child	Here, seeking the life of the child is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
70	MAT	2	22	h4cq	translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	Archelaus	Archelaus is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
71	MAT	2	23	dx5i	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	what had been spoken through the prophets	See how you translated this in 2:15 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72	MAT	3	intro	a6h3			0		Matthew 3 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3. Special concepts in this chapter “Bear fruit worthy of repentance” Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
73	MAT	3	1	xp3z	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
74	MAT	3	1	ifa0	writing-participants	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1		This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
75	MAT	3	2	hvx8	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is near	The phrase the kingdom of the heavens refers to God ruling as king. heavens refers to the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
76	MAT	3	3	fl4v	figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one who Isaiah spoke about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
77	MAT	3	3	yhe7	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight	Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
78	MAT	3	3	hxb6	writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
79	MAT	3	3	s62r	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1		Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
80	MAT	3	3	n7lh	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1		Make ready the way of the Lord and make his paths straight mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
81	MAT	3	3	j99i	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
82	MAT	3	4	j647	writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate, and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
83	MAT	3	4	su9d	figs-idiom	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου	1	had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist	had his clothing from the hair of a camel means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
84	MAT	3	4	wo34	translate-unknown	καμήλου	1		If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
85	MAT	3	4	xgxk	translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1		If your readers would not know what locusts are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
86	MAT	3	5	j8ke	figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The words Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan are metonyms for the people from those areas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
87	MAT	3	5	zys1	figs-hyperbole	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
88	MAT	3	6	v5xn	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	being baptized by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
89	MAT	3	7	fjl3	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers, who	Here, offspring of vipers means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90	MAT	3	7	c4cl	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
91	MAT	3	7	h7ac	figs-personification	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	to flee from the coming wrath	The phrase coming wrath is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
92	MAT	3	8	s8ac	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance	The phrase produce fruit is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93	MAT	3	9	anyf	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1		They would say We have Abraham {as} father because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
94	MAT	3	9	s4og	figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1		Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
95	MAT	3	9	k843	figs-hyperbole	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to Abraham. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
96	MAT	3	9	eedc	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97	MAT	3	10	d4j5	figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire.	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
98	MAT	3	10	a8m8	figs-metaphor	πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1		every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99	MAT	3	11	c1xf	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	is mightier than I	carrying…sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100	MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101	MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102	MAT	3	12	sq4p	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	Here, in his hand means the person is ready to act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
103	MAT	3	12	b5m4	translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	winnowing fork	A winnowing fork is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
104	MAT	3	12	r2ua	translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	his threshing floor	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “The place where food is prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
105	MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
106	MAT	3	13	vl93	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
107	MAT	3	13	zbj9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108	MAT	3	14	cl7t	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
109	MAT	3	15	h6ca	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	for us	Here, us refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
110	MAT	3	15	wdcu	figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1		To fulfill all righteousness means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
111	MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	But having been baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
112	MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
114	MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
115	MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
116	MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		Matthew 4 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “the kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.” “If you are the Son of God” The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son (Matthew 3:17), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
117	MAT	4	1	k51m	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
118	MAT	4	1	aq3s	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Jesus was led up by the Spirit	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
119	MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	to be tempted by the devil	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
120	MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	40 days and 40 nights	This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
121	MAT	4	2	cuu1	figs-merism	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1		Matthew uses 40 days and 40 nights to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stoping. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
122	MAT	4	3	oyws	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1		The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
123	MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
124	MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125	MAT	4	4	sph9	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		In Matthew’s culture, it is written is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
126	MAT	4	4	i33v		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
127	MAT	4	4	d010	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
128	MAT	4	4	xbai	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
129	MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metaphor	παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes through the mouth of God	coming from the mouth of God is figurative meaning everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth for words to come from. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
130	MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
131	MAT	4	6	dnrp	figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1		When Satan tells Jesus to throw yourself down, he means from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
132	MAT	4	6	x6zc	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
133	MAT	4	6	fa8l	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on 4:4 for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
134	MAT	4	6	f1mm	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε	1	They will lift you up	This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to throw himself down. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135	MAT	4	7	fn07	figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	Again it is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
136	MAT	4	7	c7t5	figs-genericnoun	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	You will not test	Here, You refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
137	MAT	4	8	d12q	figs-explicit	καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν	1	Again, the devil	their glory is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
138	MAT	4	9	al72	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	All these things I will give you	Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
139	MAT	4	9	eas8	translate-symaction	ἐὰν πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
140	MAT	4	10	k49q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
141	MAT	4	10	rig8	figs-genericnoun	προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship … you will serve	Here, You refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
142	MAT	4	12	v7p4	writing-background	δὲ	1	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
143	MAT	4	12	d1vi	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	John had been arrested	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
144	MAT	4	13	hpm4	figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali	Zebulun and Naphtali are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
145	MAT	4	14	tj7c	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	what was spoken	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
146	MAT	4	15	egx6	figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles!	Jesus refers figuratively to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
147	MAT	4	15	se2r		ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1		the way of the sea could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
148	MAT	4	16	fsl6	figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1		the people being referred to here are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149	MAT	4	16	h2xr	figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς	1	The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light	Here, darkness and region and shadow of death are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And light is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
150	MAT	4	16	j6gz	figs-metaphor	ὁ καθήμενος…τοῖς καθημένοις	1		sitting is a metaphor for living. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are living…to those living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151	MAT	4	16	nn1r	figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen	and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
152	MAT	4	17	dku3	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens has come near	See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
153	MAT	4	18	yrx7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
154	MAT	4	18	yfh5	figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	casting a net into the sea	They were casting a net in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
155	MAT	4	18	yyiy	translate-unknown	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον	1		Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is something which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
156	MAT	4	18	qmzo	grammar-connect-time-background	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They were doing this because they worked as fishermen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
157	MAT	4	19	y3zg	figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	Come after me is an idiom meaning to follow someone and be their student. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
158	MAT	4	19	n9h3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you fishers of men	I will make you fishers of men means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
159	MAT	4	21	utn4	figs-idiom	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	he called them	he called them is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
160	MAT	4	23	jt3m	figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	preaching the gospel of the kingdom	Here, kingdom refers to God’s reign as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
161	MAT	4	23	nr8m	figs-merism	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	The words disease and sickness are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
162	MAT	4	23	ljkd	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1		every here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
163	MAT	4	24	i296	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	being possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
164	MAT	4	24	hwa0	figs-personification	ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν	1		News itself can not go out, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
165	MAT	4	24	unqn	figs-hyperbole	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς	1		all those having sickness here is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
166	MAT	4	24	p3nf	translate-unknown	σεληνιαζομένους	1	the epileptic	This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
167	MAT	4	24	qk4c	translate-unknown	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	and the paralytic	A person who is a paralytic is someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
168	MAT	4	25	i9m7	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	the Decapolis	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
169	MAT	5	intro	awz8			0		Matthew 5 General Notes Structure and formatting Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter “His disciples” It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles. Generic Noun Phrases In this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) The Law Many times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.
170	MAT	5	1	c5rq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
171	MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	having opened his mouth	Here, having opened his mouth is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
172	MAT	5	3	jhdg	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1		The phrase Blessed {are} indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
173	MAT	5	3	o3y4	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοὶ	1		Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
174	MAT	5	3	od1c	figs-genericnoun	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1		Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
175	MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	The phrase poor in spirit refers to someone who is in need of God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
177	MAT	5	4	u8s3	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1		See the note in the previous verse. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
178	MAT	5	4	pgy8	figs-genericnoun	οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	See how you handled this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
179	MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180	MAT	5	5	mvb1	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	Jesus is using the adjective meek as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” or “you who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
181	MAT	5	6	bi1j	figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	those who hunger and thirst for righteousness	hungering and thirsting for righteousness describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desire a person can have. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182	MAT	5	6	hlq2	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	they will be filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
183	MAT	5	8	s9gd	figs-idiom	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	the pure in heart	Here, pure in heart is an idiom for a person’s intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
184	MAT	5	8	cr20	figs-genericnoun	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		See the note in 5:3. Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
185	MAT	5	8	t6ni	figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	they will see God	Here, they will see God means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
186	MAT	5	9	tv19	figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	for they will be called sons of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
187	MAT	5	10	bqu7	figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	those who have been persecuted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
188	MAT	5	10	f3li	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in 5:3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189	MAT	5	11	t5kb	figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε…ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	Blessed are you	The word you here, and in the remainder of the chapter, unless otherwise notified, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
190	MAT	5	11	eez3	figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	When Jesus says because of me, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
191	MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	Here, Rejoice and be very glad mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be very glad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
192	MAT	5	12	bpwb	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Here, in the heavens means with God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
193	MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) just as salt makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194	MAT	5	13	yoif	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what might it be made salty again?	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
195	MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out to be trampled by men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
196	MAT	5	13	ojrg	grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω	1		Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
197	MAT	5	14	wgh5	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	You are the light of the world	Just like a light shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that his disciples will shine with his message in the world. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
198	MAT	5	14	bn28	figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden	At night when it is dark, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, as the city is not blocked by anything being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
199	MAT	5	14	ny4h	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is up on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
200	MAT	5	15	s5sb	figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	Neither do they light a lamp	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
201	MAT	5	15	c8el	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	put it under a basket	What follows the words but rather here is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should put it out to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
202	MAT	5	16	qhp8	figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Let your light shine before men	Let your light shine before men means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203	MAT	5	16	iiu8	translate-kinship	τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your Father who is in the heavens	God is referred to as our Father. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
204	MAT	5	16	ouqi	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
205	MAT	5	17	gg3k	figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	the prophets	This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
206	MAT	5	17	re9h	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
207	MAT	5	17	jirt	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
208	MAT	5	18	cv3m	figs-merism	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	until the heaven and the earth may pass away	The phrase until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “Not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
209	MAT	5	18	ylz6	figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	one jot or one tittle	The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
210	MAT	5	19	uxz2	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων…ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν.	1	whoever may break	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments, God would call him the least important in his kingdom…If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
211	MAT	5	19	hxl1	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ	1		See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks…if anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
212	MAT	5	19	dv5c	figs-activepassive	διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται	1	may teach men to do so will be called	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
213	MAT	5	19	bg2v	figs-metonymy	τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	least in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
214	MAT	5	20	l3lv	figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
215	MAT	5	20	zqr6	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1		Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater…you will never be a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
216	MAT	5	21	t6k5	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said through Moses to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217	MAT	5	21	mij2	figs-explicit	ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment	Here, the judgment implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
218	MAT	5	22	d5nl	translate-kinship	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	with his brother	Here, his brother refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If your reader would not understand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one of my followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
219	MAT	5	22	w721	translate-transliterate	ῥακά	1	Fool … You fool	This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
220	MAT	5	22	i9r5	figs-ellipsis	ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ	2		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
221	MAT	5	23	chv4	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	at the altar	It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	MAT	5	24	z9m5	figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	first, be reconciled with your brother	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
223	MAT	5	24	q08w	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1		The word then indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
224	MAT	5	25	x4ta	figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser may hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
225	MAT	5	25	sr9d	translate-unknown	τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	with your accuser	An accuser is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If your readers would not understand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who accuses another of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
226	MAT	5	25	x1tk	figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ	1	may hand you over to the judge	Here, hand you over means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
227	MAT	5	25	lr2n	figs-explicit	ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1		Here, on the way is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228	MAT	5	25	nev9	figs-idiom	μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ	1		Here, hand you over means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
229	MAT	5	25	pq6d	figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the judge to the officer	Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
230	MAT	5	25	gcm5	translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	to the officer	Here, the officer is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
231	MAT	5	25	pzh4	figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	you will be thrown into prison	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
232	MAT	5	27	jxg5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233	MAT	5	28	glg9	figs-metonymy	αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart	Here, heart Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
234	MAT	5	29	et3n	figs-you	εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish, and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
235	MAT	5	29	ikp5	figs-synecdoche	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, right eye refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
236	MAT	5	29	y0f2	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, to stumble is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
237	MAT	5	29	v6jr	figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	pluck it out	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
238	MAT	5	29	v1cn	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
239	MAT	5	29	v687	figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1		Here, a member is referring to an individual part of the body. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
240	MAT	5	30	wtyk	figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ	1		This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
241	MAT	5	30	zx8x	figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right hand causes you to stumble	Here, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “If you do something that causes you to sin, cut it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
242	MAT	5	30	qs74	figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	cut it off	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
243	MAT	5	30	pdkq	figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
244	MAT	5	31	dh23	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	it has been said	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
245	MAT	5	32	j2aq	grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	makes her to commit adultery	If it would appear in your language that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
246	MAT	5	32	zai7	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	she who has been divorced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
247	MAT	5	33	fk86	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
248	MAT	5	33	tk9y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord.	What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
249	MAT	5	34	u7su	figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	it is the throne of God	Here, heaven is spoken of as the throne of God in a figurative way. Heaven is the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “not by the heavens, where God rules from as a throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	MAT	5	35	e7z8	translate-unknown	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	it is the footstool for his feet	Here, footstool is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
251	MAT	5	35	mvcd	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1		God does not need a footstool for his feet, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252	MAT	5	36	l9c8	figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words you and your are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
253	MAT	5	36	z5vu		μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	may you swear	To swear by your head figuratively means to swear by your own authority. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
254	MAT	5	38	zar1	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	MAT	5	38	w53l	figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth	This passages is speaking of the punishment of injuring someone’s eye or tooth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
256	MAT	5	39	qrx1	figs-nominaladj	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil person	Jesus is using the adjective evil as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
257	MAT	5	40	gr2x	figs-you	σοι…σου…τὸ ἱμάτιον	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
258	MAT	5	40	t9f4	translate-unknown	τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον	1	coat … cloak	The coat was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The cloak, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the coat for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can state what these things are explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
259	MAT	5	41	i867	figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	whoever	The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
260	MAT	5	41	i86s	figs-explicit	μίλιον ἕν	1	one mile	Here, one mile refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces, This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If mile is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
261	MAT	5	41	zv6i	figs-ellipsis	ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	go with him two	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
262	MAT	5	43	cyz3	figs-you	ἠκούσατε…σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The You is plural in You have heard. The verb Love and both instances of your are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
263	MAT	5	43	fp6x	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	See how you translated this in 5:27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
264	MAT	5	43	tqj3	figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here the word neighbor does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
265	MAT	5	45	my3d	translate-kinship	γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	you may be sons of your Father	We are not God’s physical children, but his spiritual children. It is best to translate sons with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
266	MAT	5	45	jzu9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
267	MAT	5	45	syjz	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
268	MAT	5	45	qj7n	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1		Here, he makes his sun to rise and he sends rain on are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269	MAT	5	46	se4k	figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	what reward do you have?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
270	MAT	5	46	cb77	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing?	Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
271	MAT	5	47	ba6e	figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν	1	what do you do more?	Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
272	MAT	5	48	l6pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
273	MAT	6	intro	jrj2			0		Matthew 6 General Notes Structure and formatting Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.” You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
274	MAT	6	1	zvn1	figs-you	ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
275	MAT	6	1	at4q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in 5:3. In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.
276	MAT	6	1	bgc7	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277	MAT	6	1	vvm4	figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278	MAT	6	1	juj5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
279	MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people’s attention. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
280	MAT	6	2	dk6u		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
281	MAT	6	3	z4c1	figs-yousingular	σοῦ…σου…σου	1		All occurrences of you and your are singular in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
282	MAT	6	3	vca2	figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing	This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to know what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	MAT	6	4	h4we	figs-activepassive	ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your gift may be in secret	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you can give to the poor without other people knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284	MAT	6	5	a7z4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
285	MAT	6	5	m54u	figs-you	προσεύχῃ…ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of you is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
286	MAT	6	5	e12v	figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. Alternate translation: “so that they will be seen and people will honor them for what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
287	MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
288	MAT	6	5	z3h6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
289	MAT	6	6	dqv4		εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	Alternate translation: “go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
290	MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
291	MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
292	MAT	6	6	eb6r		ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who sees in secret	Alternate translation: “your Father will see what you do in private and”
293	MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
294	MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
295	MAT	6	8	fr1d	figs-you	μὴ…ὁμοιωθῆτε…ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The first you in this verse is singular. The second word your and the second you are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
296	MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
297	MAT	6	9	ad6l		Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Our Father who is in heaven	This is the beginning of the prayer.
298	MAT	6	9	mq4x	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be sanctified	Here, your name refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
299	MAT	6	10	n67c	figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
300	MAT	6	10	pdc5	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301	MAT	6	11	dft8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	daily bread	Here, bread refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
302	MAT	6	12	yi9s	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα	1	debts	A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
303	MAT	6	12	i8fq	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	our debtors	A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304	MAT	6	13	l8u6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	do not bring us into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun temptation, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
305	MAT	6	14	ns3m	figs-you	ἀφῆτε…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν	1		All instances of you and your are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
306	MAT	6	14	z79a	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	their trespasses	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun trespasses, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
307	MAT	6	14	v7ne	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
308	MAT	6	15	pi3z	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	those of men … your trespasses	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun trespasses, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “men when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “men when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309	MAT	6	16	q19r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
310	MAT	6	16	j7xg	figs-you	νηστεύητε…ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
311	MAT	6	16	xv6b		ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
312	MAT	6	16	ix6h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
313	MAT	6	17	c20j	figs-yousingular	σὺ…σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
314	MAT	6	17	k283		ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	anoint your head	To anoint the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not. Alternate translation: “put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair”
315	MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in 6:6.
316	MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
317	MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	See how you translated this in 6:6. Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
318	MAT	6	19	z3jx			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
319	MAT	6	19	tqp1		θησαυροὺς	1	treasures	Here, treasures refers to riches, the things to which a person gives the most value.
320	MAT	6	19	z9wd		ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει	1	where moth and rust destroy	Alternate translation: “where moth and rust ruin treasures”
321	MAT	6	19	tqc9		σὴς	1	moth	A moth is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it.
322	MAT	6	19	enl6		βρῶσις	1	rust	a brown substance that forms on metals
323	MAT	6	20	v5tn	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	store up for yourselves treasures in heaven	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324	MAT	6	21	b74q	figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	there will your heart be also	Here, heart means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325	MAT	6	22	g215	figs-yousingular	σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of your are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
326	MAT	6	22	sbl1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	The eye is the lamp of the body … is full of light	This compares a healthy eye that allow a person to see to a diseased eye that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
327	MAT	6	22	r4d1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is the lamp of the body	This metaphor means that an eye allows a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
328	MAT	6	22	u47q		ὀφθαλμός	1	eye	You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
329	MAT	6	23	dl86	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	But if your eye … how great is that darkness	This compares a healthy eye that allow a person to see to a diseased eye that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
330	MAT	6	23	p231	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	if your eye is evil	This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
331	MAT	6	23	n42m		εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	if the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness!	Alternate translation: “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
332	MAT	6	24	ijn3	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
333	MAT	6	24	zt2u		οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You are not able to serve God and wealth	Alternate translation: “You cannot love God and money at the same time”
334	MAT	6	25	s5uy	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…φάγητε…πίητε…ὑμῶν…ἐνδύσησθε	1		Here the instances of you and your are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
335	MAT	6	25	wcz4		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
336	MAT	6	25	nt96	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously life is more than what you eat, and your body is more than what you wear.” or “Clearly there are things in life that are more important than food, and there are things concerning the body that are more important than clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
337	MAT	6	26	p11z		ἀποθήκας	1	barns	places to store crops
338	MAT	6	26	a9w6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
339	MAT	6	26	nbm5	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Are you not more valuable than them?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
340	MAT	6	27	cm6a	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, youis plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
341	MAT	6	27	fr8g	figs-metaphor	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Here to add one cubit to his lifespan is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342	MAT	6	27	ivmg	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
343	MAT	6	27	kub4	translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	one cubit	A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
344	MAT	6	28	erj8	figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	why are you anxious about clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
345	MAT	6	28	him2	figs-personification	τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
346	MAT	6	28	xnvg	figs-metaphor	τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
347	MAT	6	28	t16l	translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	lilies	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
348	MAT	6	29	n75l	figs-personification	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
349	MAT	6	29	u7fd	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
350	MAT	6	29	np9e		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
351	MAT	6	29	sqg8	figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	was clothed like one of these	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
352	MAT	6	30	z5lh	figs-personification	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	thus clothes the grass of the fields	Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
353	MAT	6	30	xykl	figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	thus clothes the grass of the field	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
354	MAT	6	30	uf36		χόρτον	1	grass	If your language has a word that includes grass and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
355	MAT	6	30	m23l	figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	is thrown into the oven	The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
356	MAT	6	30	ym2c	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	will he not much more	The verb clothe is implied from earlier in the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
357	MAT	6	30	cd8w	figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	will he not much more, you of little faith?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need.If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
358	MAT	6	30	ic18		ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God. Alternate translation: “you who have such little faith”
359	MAT	6	31	jps3		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because of all of this”
360	MAT	6	31	pd6x	figs-synecdoche	τί περιβαλώμεθα	1	What will we wear	In this sentence, what people wear is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
361	MAT	6	32	j77y		πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν	1	For the Gentiles seek all these things	Alternate translation: “For the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
362	MAT	6	32	ecb9		οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων	1	your heavenly Father knows that you need all of these things	Jesus is implying that God the Father will make sure their basic needs are met.
363	MAT	6	32	unz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
364	MAT	6	33	ep2c	figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	seek first his kingdom and his righteousness	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
365	MAT	6	33	ak39	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	all these things will be added to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
366	MAT	6	34	qm2a		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because of all this”
367	MAT	6	34	xdg7	figs-personification	ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	tomorrow will be anxious for itself	Jesus speaks of tomorrow as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
368	MAT	7	intro	bz7e			0		Matthew 7 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter Matthew 5-7 Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. “By their fruits you will know them” Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
369	MAT	7	1	f4fe			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in 5:3.
370	MAT	7	1	jav3	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. Here, you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
371	MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied here that judge has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
372	MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
373	MAT	7	2	f9nb		γὰρ	1	For	For indicates that the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
374	MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
375	MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could refer to: (1) the amount of punishment given. (2) the standard used for judgment.
376	MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
377	MAT	7	3	hzb4	figs-yousingular	βλέπεις…σου…τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ…οὐ κατανοεῖς	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
378	MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
379	MAT	7	3	ctb3	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	the speck that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
380	MAT	7	3	r9jf		κάρφος	1	speck	To translate speck, use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes. Alternate translation: “splinter” or “bit of dust”
381	MAT	7	3	d2qc		τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother	All occurrences of brother in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
382	MAT	7	3	q1z4	figs-metaphor	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
383	MAT	7	3	xdcg	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
384	MAT	7	3	cgc6		δοκὸν	1	the log	A log is the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down.
385	MAT	7	4	k58h	figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye?	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
386	MAT	7	6	av85	figs-you	μὴ δῶτε…ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
387	MAT	7	6	arm9	figs-metaphor	τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων	1	to the dogs … the pigs	Jews considered dogs and pigs to be dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388	MAT	7	6	xy2e	figs-metaphor	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	A pearl is similar to a round, valuable stone or bead. Here, pearls are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389	MAT	7	6	vt72		καταπατήσουσιν	1	they will trample	Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample”
390	MAT	7	6	y5mm		στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	having turned, they may tear you to pieces	Alternate translation: “the dogs may then turn and tear you apart”
391	MAT	7	7	j1qa	figs-you	ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
392	MAT	7	7	ut6i	figs-metaphor	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε	1	Ask … Seek … Knock	These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393	MAT	7	7	fh57		αἰτεῖτε	1	Ask	Here, “Ask” means to request things from someone, in this case God.
394	MAT	7	7	tv49	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
395	MAT	7	7	cs5b		ζητεῖτε	1	Seek	Here, “seek” means to look for someone, in this case God.
396	MAT	7	7	rt8g		κρούετε	1	Knock	To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
397	MAT	7	7	zxs3	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
398	MAT	7	9	mq14	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
399	MAT	7	9	n5s1	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	for bread	Here, bread refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “for some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
400	MAT	7	9	cq8h		λίθον	1	a stone	Here, stone should be translated literally.
401	MAT	7	10	ht1m		ἰχθὺν…ὄφιν	1	a fish … a snake	Here, fish and snake should be translated literally.
402	MAT	7	10	y9q5	figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
403	MAT	7	10	t19o	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	Jesus asks another question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
404	MAT	7	11	h3k6	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
405	MAT	7	11	pk31	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
406	MAT	7	11	z8zr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
407	MAT	7	12	wr93		ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	whatever you might want that men would do to you	Alternate translation: “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
408	MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	for this is the law and the prophets	Here, the law and the prophets refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
409	MAT	7	13	uhb3			0	General Information:	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
410	MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
411	MAT	7	13	j8xn		εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	Enter through the narrow gate	It may be helpful to your readers to move this statement to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
412	MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) the way refers to the road that leads to the gate of a kingdom. (2) the gate and way both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
413	MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun destruction, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
414	MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun life, you can express it with the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
415	MAT	7	15	s91c		προσέχετε ἀπὸ	1	Beware of	Alternate translation: “Be on guard against”
416	MAT	7	15	lj5v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves	This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
417	MAT	7	16	pul5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	By their fruits you will know them	This metaphor refers to a person’s actions as their fruits. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
418	MAT	7	16	nve4	figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
419	MAT	7	17	a9tn	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ	1	every good tree produces good fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
420	MAT	7	17	f5l3	figs-metaphor	τὸ…σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	the rotten tree produces bad fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
421	MAT	7	19	aeg4	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
422	MAT	7	19	xwrm	figs-explicit	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Here, Jesus only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423	MAT	7	19	g7fs	figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	is cut down and thrown into the fire	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
424	MAT	7	20	x87m	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	you will recognize them from their fruits	The word their can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425	MAT	7	21	rj2v	figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter into the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in the heavens when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
426	MAT	7	21	rq5h		ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the one who does the will of my Father who is in the heavens	Alternate translation: “whoever does what my Father in the heavens desires”
427	MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
428	MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said that day knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
429	MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
430	MAT	7	22	t5j7	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	did we not prophesy	This we does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
431	MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) this refers to his authority or power. (2) they were doing what he wanted them to do. (3) they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
432	MAT	7	22	p67f		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	Alternate translation: “miracles”
433	MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
434	MAT	7	24	hbd7	figs-metonymy	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	these words of mine	Here, words refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
435	MAT	7	24	qjh9	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock	Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
436	MAT	7	24	dy1f		πέτραν	1	rock	This rock is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
437	MAT	7	25	bv81	figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	it had been founded	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he had built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438	MAT	7	26	asf4			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.
439	MAT	7	26	nw97	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand	Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
440	MAT	7	27	a7mj		ἔπεσεν	1	it fell	Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
441	MAT	7	27	k4hi		ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	its destruction was great	The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
442	MAT	7	28	jrh7	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
443	MAT	7	28	hu6z		καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	And it came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “Now after”
444	MAT	7	28	b321		ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	were astonished by his teaching	It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”
445	MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		Matthew 8 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter begins a new section. Special concepts in this chapter Miracles Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
446	MAT	8	1	qb1d	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through 9:35. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
447	MAT	8	1	clf8		καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	Now when he had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him	The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him. Alternate translation: “After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him”
448	MAT	8	2	vas8		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
449	MAT	8	2	q4x2		λεπρὸς	1	a leper	Alternate translation: “a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
450	MAT	8	2	n77q	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed before him	This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
451	MAT	8	2	yc3f		ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	if you would be willing	The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him. Alternate translation: “if you want to” or “if you desire”
452	MAT	8	2	yjn2	figs-idiom	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you are able to make me clean	Here, to be clean means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
453	MAT	8	3	kg7e	figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	Be clean	By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
454	MAT	8	3	eht7		εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη	1	immediately he was cleansed	Alternate translation: “at that moment he was cleansed”
455	MAT	8	3	lj1x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	he was cleansed of his leprosy	The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
456	MAT	8	4	gzy6		αὐτῷ	1	to him	Here, him refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
457	MAT	8	4	gt5s		ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	See that you may tell no one	Alternate translation: “Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
458	MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
459	MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
460	MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could refer to: (1) the priests. (2) all the people. (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
461	MAT	8	5	sxz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
462	MAT	8	5	vzb9		αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν	1	came to him, begging him	Here both instances of him refer to Jesus.
463	MAT	8	6	cr8h		παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	unable to move because of disease or stroke
464	MAT	8	7	b9br		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Jesus says to him	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the centurion”
465	MAT	8	7	r3sx		ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν	1	I, when I have come, will heal him	Alternate translation: “I will come to your house and make your servant well”
466	MAT	8	8	p7p4	figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	under my roof	This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
467	MAT	8	8	hig7	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak a word	Here, word represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
468	MAT	8	8	rk1z	figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται	1	will be healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	MAT	8	9	ds2m	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I … am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I have been given authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
470	MAT	8	9	da25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under authority … under me	To be under someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
471	MAT	8	10	rc1h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
472	MAT	8	10	c7y6	figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	I have found such great faith from no one in Israel	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
473	MAT	8	11	xee4	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here, you is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in 8:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
474	MAT	8	11	mt2i	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	from east and west	Using the opposites east and west is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
475	MAT	8	11	u4sj	figs-metonymy	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	they will recline at table	People in that culture would lie down beside a table while eating. This phrase indicates that all those who will recline at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
476	MAT	8	11	qmc7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in the heavens shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477	MAT	8	12	ks3b	figs-activepassive	οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
478	MAT	8	12	aug7	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	But the sons of the kingdom	The phrase sons of is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
479	MAT	8	12	pf26	figs-irony	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	But the sons of the kingdom	There is irony here because the sons will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
480	MAT	8	12	liu4	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, outer darkness is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
481	MAT	8	12	gww4	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, grinding of the teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
482	MAT	8	13	ki92	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	let it be done for you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
483	MAT	8	13	sdn6	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	the servant was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
484	MAT	8	13	ln7p		ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	at that very hour	Alternate translation: “at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
485	MAT	8	14	s6g4			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
486	MAT	8	14	ja31		ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus had come	The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
487	MAT	8	14	ynh8		τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ	1	his mother-in-law	Alternate translation: “the mother of Peter’s wife”
488	MAT	8	15	w7nh	figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, you can translate this as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
489	MAT	8	15	r9lt		ἠγέρθη	1	she got up	Alternate translation: “she got out of bed”
490	MAT	8	16	b7cx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
491	MAT	8	16	yv9y	figs-explicit	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come	Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, evening may imply that this was after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
492	MAT	8	16	pwr4	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	many being possessed by demons	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493	MAT	8	16	f1cv	figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	he cast out the spirits with a word	Here, word stands for a command. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
494	MAT	8	17	bpx7			0	General Information:	In this verse, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
495	MAT	8	17	r3dc	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
496	MAT	8	17	eyu9	figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: “He healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
497	MAT	8	18	h8bx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
498	MAT	8	18	dqh1		δὲ	1	Now	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
499	MAT	8	18	a2pn		ἐκέλευσεν	1	commanded	Alternate translation: “told his disciples”
500	MAT	8	20	pqp6	writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
501	MAT	8	20	ub5o	figs-explicit	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus assumes that his hearers know what foxes are and what they use the holes for. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this information explicit. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
502	MAT	8	20	tp9s	translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες	1	Foxes	Foxes are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
503	MAT	8	20	rrb5		φωλεοὺς	1	holes	Foxes make holes in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.
504	MAT	8	20	qqvq	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus leaves out the verb “have” in this sentence. You can supply it. Alternate translation: “the birds of the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
505	MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
506	MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have where he might lay his head	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
507	MAT	8	21	hlx9		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me first to go away and to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
508	MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, the dead could be: (1) a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
509	MAT	8	23	us1s			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
510	MAT	8	23	e8k1		καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	And when he had entered into a boat	Alternate translation: “And when he got into a boat”
511	MAT	8	23	sl7v		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples followed him	Try to use the same words for disciples and followed that you used in (8:21-22).
512	MAT	8	24	j55j		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
513	MAT	8	24	x7k1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	a great storm happened on the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
514	MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered by the waves	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
515	MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
516	MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Save us, Lord; we are perishing!	If you need to translate us and we as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
517	MAT	8	25	xf5d		ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	Alternate translation: “we are about to die”
518	MAT	8	26	jmt8		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the disciples”
519	MAT	8	26	g8p7	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Why are you cowardly, you of little faith?	Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
520	MAT	8	26	r5ve		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in 6:30. Alternate translation: “you who have such little faith”
521	MAT	8	27	u2qh	figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	What sort of is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him?	This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
522	MAT	8	27	k5mk	figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	even the winds and the sea obey him	For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
523	MAT	8	28	g6mr			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
524	MAT	8	28	iy7a		εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
525	MAT	8	28	yzi6	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	the country of the Gadarenes	The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
526	MAT	8	28	hz5n	figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	two men … being possessed by demons	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons possessed” or “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
527	MAT	8	28	ylu6		χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road	The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
528	MAT	8	29	v9mp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, behold the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
529	MAT	8	29	gr2p	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	What to us and to you, Son of God?	The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
530	MAT	8	29	jcq6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
531	MAT	8	29	u4jr	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come here to torment us before the set time?	Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
532	MAT	8	30	v91c	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
533	MAT	8	31	tf32	figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	If you cast us out	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
534	MAT	8	31	cgf7	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, us is exclusive, referring only to the demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
535	MAT	8	32	h86e		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, them refers to the demons inside the men.
536	MAT	8	32	gtx2		οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους	1	the demons, having come out, went away to the pigs	Alternate translation: “the demons left the man and entered the pigs”
537	MAT	8	32	qa1i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, behold alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
538	MAT	8	32	lhn7		ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ	1	rushed down the steep hill	Alternate translation: “ran quickly down the steep slope”
539	MAT	8	32	zk2p		ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν	1	they died in the water	Alternate translation: “they fell into the water and drowned”
540	MAT	8	33	qmc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
541	MAT	8	33	v39w		οἱ…βόσκοντες	1	those who had been feeding the pigs	Alternate translation: “those who had been taking care of the pigs”
542	MAT	8	33	ev2w	figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
543	MAT	8	34	b2hp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, behold marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
544	MAT	8	34	j6sp	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word city is a metonym for the people of the city. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
545	MAT	8	34	xb5x	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word whole is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
546	MAT	8	34	bsf4		τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	their region	Alternate translation: “their region”
547	MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		Matthew 9 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Sinners” When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Rhetorical questions Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Proverbs Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
548	MAT	9	1	nl8w			0	Connecting Statement:	Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in 8:1, of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
549	MAT	9	1	cs8l		πλοῖον	1	a boat	This is probably the same boat as in 8:23. You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
550	MAT	9	1	lje9		εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν	1	into his own city	This refers to Capernaum. Alternate translation: “to the town where he lived”
551	MAT	9	2	i6xp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, behold marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
552	MAT	9	2	szd4		προσέφερον	1	they were bringing	Alternate translation: “some men from the city were bringing”
553	MAT	9	2	k5eh		τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	their faith	This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
554	MAT	9	2	k9qq		τέκνον	1	Child	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
555	MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
556	MAT	9	3	a35d		ἰδού	1	behold	Here, behold marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
557	MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) each one was thinking to himself. (2) they were speaking among themselves.
558	MAT	9	3	mq8v		βλασφημεῖ	1	blasphemes	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
559	MAT	9	4	u643		ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	having known their thoughts	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
560	MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason do you think evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
561	MAT	9	4	qg52		πονηρὰ	1	evil	This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
562	MAT	9	4	d499	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, hearts refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
563	MAT	9	5	j716	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
564	MAT	9	5	mk14	figs-quotations	τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
565	MAT	9	5	g88p	figs-you	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	Here, Your is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
566	MAT	9	5	x05v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	MAT	9	6	gk68	figs-you	ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	The you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
568	MAT	9	6	n5sf	figs-you	εἰδῆτε…σου…σου	1	your mat … your house	Here, the you is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of your are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
569	MAT	9	6	td1z		ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	go to your house	Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
570	MAT	9	7	uwq4			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
571	MAT	9	8	u8qu		τὸν δόντα	1	who had given	Alternate translation: “because he had given”
572	MAT	9	8	x71s		ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην	1	such authority	This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
573	MAT	9	9	fkr2		καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And as Jesus passes on from there	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
574	MAT	9	9	g4r4		παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	as … passes on	Alternate translation: “as Jesus was leaving” or “as Jesus was going”
575	MAT	9	9	jc18		Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…ἠκολούθησεν	1	Matthew … to him … he followed	Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from him and he to “me” and “I.”
576	MAT	9	9	t5ip		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he says to him	Alternate translation: “Jesus says to Matthew”
577	MAT	9	9	q438		ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	having gotten up, he followed him	This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple. Alternate translation: “Matthew got up and followed Jesus”
578	MAT	9	10	h7u9			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
579	MAT	9	10	ksr5		τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	the house	This is probably Matthew’s house, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
580	MAT	9	10	c751		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, behold marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
581	MAT	9	10	f9lh		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	Here, sinners refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins.
582	MAT	9	11	ge2u		καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	And the Pharisees, having seen this	Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees, when they saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
583	MAT	9	11	z4h5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
584	MAT	9	12	xz13			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
585	MAT	9	12	m7fm		ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	But he, having heard this	Here, this refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
586	MAT	9	12	tl42	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus answers the Pharisees with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
587	MAT	9	12	uhc5		οἱ ἰσχύοντες	1	Those who are strong in body	Alternate translation: “People who are healthy”
588	MAT	9	12	h5pg		ἰατροῦ	1	of a physician	Alternate translation: “of a doctor”
589	MAT	9	12	n33c	figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	those who have sickness	The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
590	MAT	9	13	fu2r		πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν	1	But having gone, learn what is	Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should go and learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
591	MAT	9	13	tqr3		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, I refers to God.
592	MAT	9	13	djt7		οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον	1	For I did not come	Here, I refers to Jesus.
593	MAT	9	13	a886	figs-irony	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
594	MAT	9	14	aa3c			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
595	MAT	9	14	k8vc		οὐ νηστεύουσιν	1	do not fast	Alternate translation: “continue to eat regularly”
596	MAT	9	15	r8if	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
597	MAT	9	15	xnp8	writing-proverbs	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
598	MAT	9	15	iz9s		ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	But the days will come when	This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “But the time will come when” or “But someday”
599	MAT	9	15	p6hz	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away from them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
600	MAT	9	15	u8er		ἀπαρθῇ	1	may be taken away	Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
601	MAT	9	16	v4a1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
602	MAT	9	16	yf98		οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment	Alternate translation: “But no one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “But people do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch on an old garment”
603	MAT	9	16	bk47		ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου	1	an old garment … the garment	Alternate translation: “old clothing … the clothing”
604	MAT	9	16	x752		αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου	1	his patch tears away from the garment	If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
605	MAT	9	16	rem6		τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ	1	his patch	This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment. Alternate translation: “the piece of new cloth”
606	MAT	9	16	t71t	figs-activepassive	χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	a worse tear happens	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
607	MAT	9	17	s13y		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins	Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in 9:16.
608	MAT	9	17	fbl3		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν	1	Neither do they put	Alternate translation: “Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
609	MAT	9	17	h26e	translate-unknown	οἶνον νέον	1	new wine	This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
610	MAT	9	17	dpv4		ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	old wineskins	This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
611	MAT	9	17	v4x2		ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins. Alternate translation: “wine bags” or “skin bags”
612	MAT	9	17	hv8f	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
613	MAT	9	17	tg2k		ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί	1	the wineskins are burst	When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
614	MAT	9	17	cid7		ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	fresh wineskins	This refers to wineskins that no one has used. Alternate translation: “new wineskins” or “new wine bags”
615	MAT	9	17	i8v4	figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	both are preserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
616	MAT	9	18	a7ax			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
617	MAT	9	18	mj4x		ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, these things refers back to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.
618	MAT	9	18	eqp1		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
619	MAT	9	18	n1i6	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
620	MAT	9	18	in6t		ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται	1	having come, lay your hand on her, and she will live	This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
621	MAT	9	19	z99m		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples”
622	MAT	9	20	ai7a			0	Connecting Statement:	This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
623	MAT	9	20	etd3		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
624	MAT	9	20	gv15	figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	suffering from a discharge of blood	She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. Alternate translation: “who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
625	MAT	9	20	m9zq		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
626	MAT	9	21	eb6t	figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.”	She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garments. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
627	MAT	9	21	ukb8	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	If only I might touch his garments	According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
628	MAT	9	22	vi84		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς	1	But Jesus	Alternate translation: “The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
629	MAT	9	22	x398		θύγατερ	1	Daughter	The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
630	MAT	9	22	q6ca		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	Alternate translation: “because you believed in me, I will heal you”
631	MAT	9	22	zv2n	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	the woman was healed from that very hour	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
632	MAT	9	23	tu2c			0	Connecting Statement:	This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
633	MAT	9	23	jae1		τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	the flute players and the crowd being stirred up	This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
634	MAT	9	23	gy7g		τοὺς αὐλητὰς	1	the flute players	Alternate translation: “people playing flutes”
635	MAT	9	24	v1st		ἀναχωρεῖτε	1	Go away	Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
636	MAT	9	24	pc1m	figs-euphemism	οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	the girl has not died, but sleeps	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who sleeps. But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
637	MAT	9	25	utu3			0	Connecting Statement:	This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
638	MAT	9	25	nqs6	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	But when the crowd had been put outside	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “But after the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
639	MAT	9	25	mm3q		ἠγέρθη	1	was raised up	This is the same meaning as in 8:15.
640	MAT	9	26	iy6x			0	General Information:	Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
641	MAT	9	26	rxs4		καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	And this report went out into all that region	Alternate translation: “And the people of that whole region heard about it” or “And the people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
642	MAT	9	27	b1h6			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
643	MAT	9	27	a8nm		καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	And when Jesus was departing from there	Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was leaving the region”
644	MAT	9	27	suc1		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
645	MAT	9	27	d8bu	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Have mercy on us	It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
646	MAT	9	27	dh5d		Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, Son of David is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
647	MAT	9	28	yr4h		ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	But when he had come into the house	This could be either Jesus’ own house or the house in 9:10.
648	MAT	9	28	e81f	figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	Yes, Lord	The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
649	MAT	9	29	b3rl		ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων	1	he touched their eyes, saying	It is not clear whether he touched both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
650	MAT	9	29	w92e	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	Let it happen to you according to your faith	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
651	MAT	9	30	uk2a	figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	This is an idiom that means they were able to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
652	MAT	9	30	qa39	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653	MAT	9	30	t6p8	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	See that no one knows about this	Here, See means “Be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
654	MAT	9	31	y574		οἱ δὲ	1	But they	Alternate translation: “But the two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
655	MAT	9	31	y4b2		διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν	1	reported it	Alternate translation: “told many people what had happened to them”
656	MAT	9	32	tya1			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
657	MAT	9	32	v9tr		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
658	MAT	9	32	sh32		κωφὸν	1	mute	not able to talk
659	MAT	9	32	n6fs	figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	a mute, demon-possessed man	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a man who was mute and whom a demon had possessed” or “a man whom a demon was controlling and making him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
660	MAT	9	33	d6zs	figs-activepassive	ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	when the demon had been cast out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had forced the demon out” or “after Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
661	MAT	9	33	r8ce		ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	the mute man spoke	Alternate translation: “the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
662	MAT	9	33	d1lf		ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds were astonished	Alternate translation: “the people were amazed”
663	MAT	9	33	y4l5	figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	Such as this has never been seen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
664	MAT	9	34	z2r7		ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	he casts out the demons	Alternate translation: “he forces demons to leave”
665	MAT	9	34	q623		ἐκβάλλει	1	he casts out	The pronoun he refers to Jesus.
666	MAT	9	35	xpp4	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in 8:1 about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
667	MAT	9	35	x9ck	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	all the cities	The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
668	MAT	9	35	ehx5		πόλεις…κώμας	1	cities … villages	Alternate translation: “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
669	MAT	9	35	uz5e	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the gospel of the kingdom	Here the abstract noun kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
670	MAT	9	35	e7at		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	The words disease and sickness are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. Disease is what causes a person to be sick. Sickness is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
671	MAT	9	36	z6ya			0	General Information:	Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
672	MAT	9	36	t47i	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	like sheep not having a shepherd	This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “as people without a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
673	MAT	9	37	mur4	writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
674	MAT	9	37	m6ke		ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς	1	The harvest is plentiful	Alternate translation: “There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
675	MAT	9	37	h3a2		ἐργάται	1	laborers	Alternate translation: “workers”
676	MAT	9	38	vz8y		δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	beg the Lord of the harvest	Alternate translation: “pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
677	MAT	10	intro	m5iu			0		Matthew 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The sending of the twelve disciples Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. “The kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
678	MAT	10	1	nhp2			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
679	MAT	10	1	x1er		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave them authority	Be sure that the text clearly communicates meaning of this authority: (1) Jesus gave it to them to drive out unclean spirits. (2) Jesus gave it to them to heal disease and sickness.
680	MAT	10	1	pq8k		ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ	1	so as to cast them out	Alternate translation: “in order to make the unclean spirits leave”
681	MAT	10	1	x29j		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness.	The words disease and sickness are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. Disease is what causes a person to be sick. Sickness is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
682	MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew begins to give background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
683	MAT	10	2	f1vu		τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	of the 12 apostles	This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in 10:1.
684	MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
685	MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	Alternate translation: “Matthew, who was a tax collector”
686	MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	The word Zealot could be: (1) a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
687	MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	Alternate translation: “who would betray Jesus”
688	MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
689	MAT	10	5	c46d		τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	These Twelve Jesus sent out	Alternate translation: “Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
690	MAT	10	5	yix4		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent out	Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
691	MAT	10	5	ryl4		παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς	1	having instructed them	Alternate translation: “having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
692	MAT	10	6	q1pb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to lost sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693	MAT	10	6	b6i2	figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	of the house of Israel	This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
694	MAT	10	7	uff2	figs-you	πορευόμενοι	1	as you are going	Here, you is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
695	MAT	10	7	w59i	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens has come near	The phrase kingdom of the heavens refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 3:2. Alternate translation: “Our God in the heavens will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
696	MAT	10	8	v5sp	figs-you	θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε	1	Heal … raise … cleanse … and cast out … you have received … give	These verbs and pronouns are plural and addressed to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
697	MAT	10	8	bb4d	figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	raise the dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
698	MAT	10	8	ilj9	figs-ellipsis	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here, Freely means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
699	MAT	10	8	ls6j	figs-metaphor	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Here, received is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and give is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
700	MAT	10	9	dw4i	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	Here, your refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
701	MAT	10	9	a4xx	figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	gold, or silver, or copper	These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
702	MAT	10	9	b4m7		τὰς ζώνας	1	purses	People at that time carried money in their belts. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money. lf your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever they use to carry money.
703	MAT	10	10	kia9		πήραν	1	a bag	This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
704	MAT	10	10	i2ex		δύο χιτῶνας	1	two tunics	Use the same word you used for tunic in 5:40.
705	MAT	10	10	m97h	figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	of his food	Here, food refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
706	MAT	10	11	b7ig		εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε	1	But whatever city or village you might enter into	Alternate translation: “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
707	MAT	10	11	p4ln		πόλιν…κώμην	1	city … village	See how you translated city and village in 9:35.
708	MAT	10	11	r7kj	figs-you	εἰσέλθητε	1	you might enter	Here, you is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
709	MAT	10	11	c3uf		ἄξιός	1	worthy	A worthy person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
710	MAT	10	11	a41d	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	and stay there until you might leave	The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
711	MAT	10	12	n6cm	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	But entering into the house, greet it	The phrase greet it means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here, house represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
712	MAT	10	13	qip2	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both instances of your are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
713	MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy	Here, the house represents those who live in the house. A worthy person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
714	MAT	10	13	q75a	figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	let your peace come upon it	The word it refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
715	MAT	10	13	ha8f	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	2	if it might not be worthy	The word it means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
716	MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
717	MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	And whoever might not receive you nor listen to	Alternate translation: “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
718	MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you … your	Here, you and your are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
719	MAT	10	14	z826	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν	1	listen to your words	Here, words refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
720	MAT	10	14	hi3i		πόλεως	1	city	You should translate city the same way you did in 10:11.
721	MAT	10	14	i5mc	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	shake off the dust from your feet	This action is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. Alternate translation: “shake the dust off your feet as you leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
722	MAT	10	15	pk4f		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
723	MAT	10	15	d6ib		ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται	1	it will be more tolerable	Alternate translation: “the suffering will be less”
724	MAT	10	15	sg3c	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah	This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
725	MAT	10	15	zmm2	figs-metonymy	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	for that city	This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “for the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
726	MAT	10	16	ggp6		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word Behold here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
727	MAT	10	16	c9bi		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς	1	I send you out	Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
728	MAT	10	16	b262	figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	as sheep in the midst of wolves	Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
729	MAT	10	16	s21a	figs-simile	γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
730	MAT	10	17	a55q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς	1	But watch out for men, for they will deliver you up	You can translate for with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “But watch out for people because they will deliver you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
731	MAT	10	17	csc4		παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς	1	they will deliver you up to	Alternate translation: “they will put you under the control of”
732	MAT	10	17	fct4		συνέδρια	1	councils	The councils were the groups of local religious leaders or elders who together kept peace in their communities.
733	MAT	10	18	pe3d	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἀχθήσεσθε	1	you will even be brought	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will even bring you” or “they will even drag you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734	MAT	10	18	p74k		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
735	MAT	10	18	u5wc		αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to them and to the Gentiles	The pronoun them refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
736	MAT	10	19	e5t6		ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	But when they may deliver you up	Here, they are the same people as in 10:17. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils”
737	MAT	10	19	qcs3	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήσητε…δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν…λαλήσητε	1	you … you should not be anxious about … you should speak … you should say will be given to you	All instances of you are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
738	MAT	10	19	qzd2		μὴ μεριμνήσητε	1	you should not be anxious about	Alternate translation: “you should not worry about”
739	MAT	10	19	ien3	figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	how or what you should speak	The two ideas how and what may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
740	MAT	10	19	l7rb	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε	1	for what you should say will be given to you in that hour	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
741	MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here, in that hour means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
742	MAT	10	20	yuk1	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	you … your … you	All instances of you and your are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
743	MAT	10	20	v9tm		τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	If necessary, you can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
744	MAT	10	20	k3xr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
745	MAT	10	20	zxd8		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	Alternate translation: “through you”
746	MAT	10	21	p9ms		παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Brother will deliver up brother to death	Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times. Alternate translation: “But a brother will deliver up his own brother to death” or “But brothers will deliver up their brothers to death”
747	MAT	10	21	lh6z	figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	will deliver up brother to death	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun death, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “will hand brother over to the authorities who will execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
748	MAT	10	21	p8w9	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
749	MAT	10	21	xja9		ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ	1	will rise up against	Alternate translation: “will rebel against” or “will turn against”
750	MAT	10	21	xf2d		θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	put them to death	Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them”
751	MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” or “all people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
752	MAT	10	22	va6i	figs-you	ἔσεσθε	1	you will be	Here, you is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
753	MAT	10	22	n3xn	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, name refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
754	MAT	10	22	k5w9		ὁ…ὑπομείνας	1	the one who endures	Alternate translation: “whoever stays faithful”
755	MAT	10	22	j71i		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether the end means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
756	MAT	10	22	qn7j	figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	he will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
757	MAT	10	23	m42z		ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city	Here, this does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
758	MAT	10	23	jjd4		φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	flee to the next	Alternate translation: “flee to the next city”
759	MAT	10	23	gk1s		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
760	MAT	10	23	dk4u	figs-123person	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
761	MAT	10	23	tm8z		ἔλθῃ	1	may come	Alternate translation: “arrives”
762	MAT	10	24	p8mr	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
763	MAT	10	24	syb2		οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	Alternate translation: “A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
764	MAT	10	24	nc3e		οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	nor a slave above his master	Alternate translation: “and a slave is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his slave”
765	MAT	10	25	e2ae		ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher	Alternate translation: “The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
766	MAT	10	25	t7jp	figs-explicit	γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	he might be like his teacher	If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the teacher. Alternate translation: “he might know as much as his teacher knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
767	MAT	10	25	e6z3	figs-explicit	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	the slave like his master	If necessary, you can make explicit how the slave becomes like his master. Alternate translation: “the slave should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
768	MAT	10	25	u355		εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household	Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
769	MAT	10	25	bg2l		πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	how much worse the members of his household	Alternate translation: “the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
770	MAT	10	25	cp96		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	If they called	Alternate translation: “Since people have called”
771	MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	the master of the house	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
772	MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	The name Beelzebul could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul.” (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
773	MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
774	MAT	10	26	twv2		μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	do not fear them	Here, them refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
775	MAT	10	26	x4o8	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
776	MAT	10	26	xqs4	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
777	MAT	10	26	j86e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
778	MAT	10	27	fa1s	figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
779	MAT	10	27	kw75	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight	Here, darkness is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here, daylight is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
780	MAT	10	27	fc49	figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	what you hear in your ear	This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
781	MAT	10	27	t9u9	figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	proclaim upon the housetops	The housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here, housetops refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782	MAT	10	28	s6wq			0	General Information:	Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
783	MAT	10	28	fb29	figs-distinguish	μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι	1	do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are not able to kill the soul	This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
784	MAT	10	28	lc56		τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα	1	those who kill the body	This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as “those who kill you” or “those who kill people.”
785	MAT	10	28	ei7y		τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	The body is the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit.
786	MAT	10	28	e4de		τὴν…ψυχὴν…ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to kill the soul	This means to harm people after they have physically died.
787	MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-words-phrases	φοβεῖσθε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον	1	But instead, fear the one who is able	You can add “because” to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: “But instead, fear God because he is able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
788	MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus states this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God watched over them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
789	MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
790	MAT	10	29	q22l	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	These sparrows are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
791	MAT	10	29	i399		ἀσσαρίου	1	for an assarion	An assarion refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money”
792	MAT	10	29	wxt4	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father	You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
793	MAT	10	29	fe8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
794	MAT	10	30	cih3	figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	even the hairs of your head are all numbered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
795	MAT	10	30	nb7b		ἠριθμημέναι	1	numbered	Alternate translation: “counted”
796	MAT	10	31	n2tz		πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς	1	you are more valuable than many sparrows	Alternate translation: “God values you more than many sparrows”
797	MAT	10	32	ntt9		πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	everyone who confesses in me … I will also confess in him	Alternate translation: “whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
798	MAT	10	32	yj44		ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	will confess in me before men	Alternate translation: “tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
799	MAT	10	32	j4dh	figs-ellipsis	ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also confess in him before my Father who is in the heavens	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in the heavens that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
800	MAT	10	32	kdd2		τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	my Father who is in the heavens	Alternate translation: “my heavenly Father”
801	MAT	10	32	n1nb	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
802	MAT	10	33	d15s		ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	would deny me before men	Alternate translation: “denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
803	MAT	10	33	cnu3	figs-ellipsis	ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also deny him before my Father who is in the heavens	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in the heavens that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
804	MAT	10	34	l5ad	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	upon the earth	This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
805	MAT	10	34	jq6d	figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	a sword	The sword refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
806	MAT	10	35	xx5m		διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ	1	to set a man against	Alternate translation: “to cause a man to fight against”
807	MAT	10	35	k18y		ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	a man against his father	Alternate translation: “a son against his father”
808	MAT	10	36	lhc2		ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	the enemies of a man	Alternate translation: “a person’s enemies” or “a person’s worst enemies”
809	MAT	10	36	g166		οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	will be those of his own household	Alternate translation: “will be the members of his own family”
810	MAT	10	37	az6t		ὁ φιλῶν	1	The one loving	The word loving here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “The one caring for” or “The one who is devoted to” or “The one who is fond of”
811	MAT	10	37	fb3p		οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	worthy of me	Alternate translation: “does not deserve to belong to me” or “is not worthy to be my disciple”
812	MAT	10	38	ye95	figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	does not take up his cross and follow after me	The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
813	MAT	10	38	xesp	figs-metaphor	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	does not take up his cross and follow after me	To take up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
814	MAT	10	38	ai2r		οὐ λαμβάνει	1	does not take up	Alternate translation: “does not pick up and carry”
815	MAT	10	39	u4jh	writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	The one who found his life will lose it, and the one who lost his life for my sake will find it	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives for my sake will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life because of me, you will find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
816	MAT	10	39	jwf2	figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν	1	The one who found	Here, found is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “The one who tried to keep” or “The one who tried to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	MAT	10	39	pbf3	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
818	MAT	10	39	i3x4	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	the one who lost his life	This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “the one who denied himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
819	MAT	10	39	hz7r		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	This is the same idea as “for my sake” in 10:18. Alternate translation: “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
820	MAT	10	39	g2c8	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
821	MAT	10	40	asg3		ὁ δεχόμενος	1	The one receiving	Alternate translation: “Whoever receives” or “Anyone who receives” or “The one who welcomes”
822	MAT	10	40	c77e		ὁ δεχόμενος	1	The one receiving	This revers to receiving someone as a guest.
823	MAT	10	40	ir49	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, you is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
824	MAT	10	40	pf1j		ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	The one receiving you receives me	Jesus means that when someone receives you, it is like receiving him. Alternate translation: “When someone receives you, it is like he is receiving me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
825	MAT	10	40	y9ck		ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one receiving me receives the one who sent me	This means that when someone receives Jesus, it is like receiving God. Alternate translation: “when someone receives me, it is like he is receiving God the Father who sent me” or “if someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
826	MAT	10	41	f9pv		εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου	1	in the name of a prophet	Alternate translation: “because he is a prophet”
827	MAT	10	41	yj1q		μισθὸν προφήτου	1	a reward of a prophet	This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
828	MAT	10	41	x483		εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	in the name of a righteous man	Alternate translation: “because he is a righteous man”
829	MAT	10	41	qfv7		μισθὸν δικαίου	1	a reward of a righteous man	This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
830	MAT	10	42	v6jg		ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	whoever might give … to drink	Alternate translation: “anyone who gives … to drink”
831	MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	The phrase one of these here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “to one of these lowly ones” or “to the least important of these”
832	MAT	10	42	lza6		εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	in the name of a disciple	Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple”
833	MAT	10	42	wx29		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
834	MAT	10	42	y1ie		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	he may certainly not lose his reward	Here, he and his refer to the one who is giving.
835	MAT	10	42	d61l		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
836	MAT	11	intro	puf4			0		Matthew 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10. Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him. Special concepts in this chapter Hidden revelation After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase at hand, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
837	MAT	11	1	z2y7	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
838	MAT	11	1	dr3u		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	It came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “After”
839	MAT	11	1	ju1q		ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	in their cities	Here, their refers to all the Jews in general.
840	MAT	11	2	n2dc		δὲ	1	Now	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
841	MAT	11	2	f3j7		ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	John, having heard in the prison about	Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here. Alternate translation: “John, who was in prison, heard about” or “someone told John, who was in prison, about”
842	MAT	11	2	xre1		πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	having sent through his disciples	John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
843	MAT	11	3	w2im		εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	said to him	The pronoun him refers to Jesus.
844	MAT	11	3	q89t		ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Are you the one coming	This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
845	MAT	11	3	hrk5		ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	are we expecting another?	The pronoun we refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.
846	MAT	11	4	a66r		ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ	1	report to John	Alternate translation: “tell John”
847	MAT	11	5	sd6c	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are cleansed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
848	MAT	11	5	v274	figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
849	MAT	11	5	k796	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
850	MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	the poor are being told the gospel	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
851	MAT	11	5	l443	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοὶ	1	the poor	This nominalized adjective poor can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
852	MAT	11	7	g2q8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
853	MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
854	MAT	11	7	pc6c	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	a reed being shaken by the wind	This could mean: (1) Jesus be referring the literal plants by the Jordan River. (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
855	MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
856	MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
857	MAT	11	8	y24r		ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothing	Rich people wore this kind of clothing. Alternate translation: “wearing expensive clothing”
858	MAT	11	8	tmb9		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Here, behold adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
859	MAT	11	8	v9k2		τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων	1	the houses of kings	Alternate translation: “kings’ palaces”
860	MAT	11	9	gm97	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	But what did you go out to see—a prophet?	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
861	MAT	11	9	fb75	figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	much more than a prophet	You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
862	MAT	11	10	cgm4		ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1		Here, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
863	MAT	11	10	de17	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it has been written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
864	MAT	11	10	ql5h		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου	1	I am sending my messenger	The pronouns I and my refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
865	MAT	11	10	fi5e	figs-you	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, your is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
866	MAT	11	10	hay7	figs-synecdoche	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, face refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
867	MAT	11	10	kva7	figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	will prepare your way before you	This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
868	MAT	11	11	j7gw		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
869	MAT	11	11	z5yq	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	Even though Adam was not born of a woman, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
870	MAT	11	11	q2kp		οὐκ ἐγήγερται…μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	there has not arisen one greater than John the Baptist	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
871	MAT	11	11	cag4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the least important in the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
872	MAT	11	11	p5ir		μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	Alternate translation: “is more important than John is”
873	MAT	11	12	mb4v		ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	But from the days of John the Baptist	The word days probably refers here to a period of months or even years. Alternate translation: “But from the time John began preaching his message”
874	MAT	11	12	inr2		ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and violent men take it by force	Possible interpretations of this verse are: (1) some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. (2) the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. (3) violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
875	MAT	11	13	g1i6	figs-metonymy	πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	all the prophets and the law have prophesied until John	Here, the prophets and the law refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
876	MAT	11	14	yg2f	figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	if you are willing	Here, you is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
877	MAT	11	14	e68u		αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	he is Elijah who is about to come	The word he refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about Elijah, “who is about to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
878	MAT	11	15	z97x	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879	MAT	11	15	w4cc	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here in place of The one and him. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
880	MAT	11	16	mp8g	figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	But to what will I compare this generation?	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
881	MAT	11	16	yat1		τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	this generation	Alternate translation: “the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
882	MAT	11	16	l7km		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplace	A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items.
883	MAT	11	17	ai4e	figs-parables	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	saying … you did not weep	Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
884	MAT	11	17	rbzf	figs-simile	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	saying … you did not weep	Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
885	MAT	11	17	d916	figs-you	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We played a flute for you	We refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here, you is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
886	MAT	11	17	j5jd		καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε	1	and you did not dance	Alternate translation: “but you did not dance to the happy music”
887	MAT	11	17	t723	figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	We mourned	This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
888	MAT	11	17	f87l		καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	and you did not weep	Alternate translation: “but you did not cry with us”
889	MAT	11	18	qe7y	figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	neither eating nor drinking	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food or drink. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
890	MAT	11	18	p4ql	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	they say, ‘He has a demon.’	You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
891	MAT	11	18	kd4q		λέγουσιν	1	they say	All occurrences of they refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
892	MAT	11	19	iwk8	figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man came	Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
893	MAT	11	19	gs6z		ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	came eating and drinking	This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
894	MAT	11	19	x4ec	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’	You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friends of tax collectors and sinners.” Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
895	MAT	11	19	cqv7	figs-123person	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!	If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man” earlier in this verse, you can state this portion of the text as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
896	MAT	11	19	d6gu		ἄνθρωπος, φάγος	1	a man, a glutton	Alternate translation: “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
897	MAT	11	19	pv4n		οἰνοπότης	1	a drunkard	Alternate translation: “a drunk” or “someone who continually drinks too much alcohol”
898	MAT	11	19	vwk4	writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	But wisdom has been justified by her children	This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
899	MAT	11	19	dz3c	figs-personification	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	Here, wisdom is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
900	MAT	11	19	o3zh	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
901	MAT	11	20	w4g8	figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	to rebuke the cities	Here, the cities refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
902	MAT	11	20	fxs4		πόλεις	1	cities	Alternate translation: “towns”
903	MAT	11	20	t51a	figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	in which most of his miracles were done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
904	MAT	11	20	wh1g		αἱ…δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	his miracles	Alternate translation: “his mighty works” or “his works of power”
905	MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
906	MAT	11	21	tv81	figs-you	οὐαί σοι	1	Woe to you	Here, you is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural you. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
907	MAT	11	21	y9d3	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon	The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
908	MAT	11	21	lh46	figs-hypo	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
909	MAT	11	21	tm59	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	if the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
910	MAT	11	21	k3in	figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which were done in you	Here the you is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual you to refer to the two cities, or a plural you to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
911	MAT	11	21	bqi8		πάλαι…μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented long ago	The pronoun they refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
912	MAT	11	21	qx9m		μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented	Alternate translation: “they would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
913	MAT	11	22	mr18	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you	Here, Tyre and Sidon refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
914	MAT	11	22	ab14	figs-you	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	Here the you is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual you to refer to the two cities, or a plural you to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
915	MAT	11	22	ibpo	figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	The implied information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
916	MAT	11	23	vpz6	figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	The pronoun you is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
917	MAT	11	23	l8h3	figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
918	MAT	11	23	fj7d	figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις	1	Capernaum … Sodom	The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
919	MAT	11	23	aa7t	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven, will it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
920	MAT	11	23	nddz	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
921	MAT	11	23	d54d	figs-activepassive	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down to Hades	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
922	MAT	11	23	vk57	figs-hypo	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
923	MAT	11	23	z279	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
924	MAT	11	23	e2t7		δυνάμεις	1	miracles	Alternate translation: “mighty works” or “works of power”
925	MAT	11	23	yih1		ἔμεινεν	1	it would have remained	The pronoun it refers to the city of Sodom.
926	MAT	11	24	y1e3		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
927	MAT	11	24	e3pa	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί	1	it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you	Here, land of Sodom refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
928	MAT	11	24	yk3z	figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	than for you	The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
929	MAT	11	25	f57a			0	General Information:	In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd.
930	MAT	11	25	h5x4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
931	MAT	11	25	u9cy	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	The phrase heaven and earth is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
932	MAT	11	25	p1gl		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	you concealed these things … and revealed them	It is not clear what is meant by these things. If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
933	MAT	11	25	lk8f		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ	1	you concealed these things from	Alternate translation: “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” The verb concealed is the opposite of “revealed.”
934	MAT	11	25	qw5c	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	from the wise and discerning	The nominal adjectives wise and discerning can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and who discern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
935	MAT	11	25	las9	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and discerning	Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise and discerning. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
936	MAT	11	25	uwu5		ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	revealed them	The pronoun them refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
937	MAT	11	25	b6w5	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	to little children	Jesus compares ignorant people to little children. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
938	MAT	11	26	qp7t	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight	The phrase in your sight is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
939	MAT	11	27	yk5w	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been entrusted to me from my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
940	MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
941	MAT	11	27	j3vk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
942	MAT	11	27	s1as		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows the Son except the Father	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows the Son”
943	MAT	11	27	rt5b		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	no one knows	The word knows here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
944	MAT	11	27	esp4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	Jesus was referring to himself as he Son in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
945	MAT	11	27	l8xe	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
946	MAT	11	27	w6yq		οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows the Father except the Son	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows the Father”
947	MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest	Here, you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
948	MAT	11	28	t2jj	figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	who are laboring and are heavy burdened	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	MAT	11	28	f1w4		κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	and I will give you rest	Alternate translation: “and I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
950	MAT	11	29	q1ya	figs-metaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Take my yoke on you	Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
951	MAT	11	29	t1rh	figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	I am gentle and humble in heart	Here, gentle and humble in heart mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
952	MAT	11	29	i3qs	figs-metonymy	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	humble in heart	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
953	MAT	11	29	s0tr	figs-idiom	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	humble in heart	The phrase humble in heart is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
954	MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	you will find rest for your souls	Here, souls refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
955	MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
956	MAT	11	30	tc2g		τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	my burden is light	The word light here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
957	MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		Matthew 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The Sabbath This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) “Blasphemy against the Spirit” No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Brothers and sisters Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
958	MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This phrase marks a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “A little later”
959	MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	A grainfield is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
960	MAT	12	1	yrf8		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
961	MAT	12	1	zz4r		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
962	MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The heads are the topmost part of the wheat plant. They holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
963	MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
964	MAT	12	2	mch7		οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	This does not mean all of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
965	MAT	12	2	nh12		ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	Behold, your disciples	The Pharisees use the word Behold to draw attention to what the disciples are doing. Alternate translation: “Look, your disciples”
966	MAT	12	3	et11		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees”
967	MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
968	MAT	12	4	blm5		τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
969	MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the loaves of the presence	This refers to the sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “the bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
970	MAT	12	4	c6a8		τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for those with him	Alternate translation: “for the men who were with David”
971	MAT	12	4	lkx9		εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	except only for the priests	Alternate translation: “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
972	MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
973	MAT	12	5	dqe9		τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	Alternate translation: “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
974	MAT	12	5	i6y9		ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	are innocent	Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
975	MAT	12	6	ji7a		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
976	MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple”
977	MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
978	MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifice.
979	MAT	12	7	jw57		θέλω	1	I desire	The pronoun I refers to God.
980	MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word innocent, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
981	MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
982	MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	Alternate translation: “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
983	MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
984	MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And having departed from there	Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
985	MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	The word their could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word their does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
986	MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
987	MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	Alternate translation: “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
988	MAT	12	10	t948		ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him	Alternate translation: “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
989	MAT	12	10	gdj6		εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?	Alternate translation: “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
990	MAT	12	10	c1cc	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
991	MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
992	MAT	12	12	s2tu		πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep?	The phrase How much more adds emphasis to the statement. The implied answer is “very much more!” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
993	MAT	12	12	a9ld		ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths	Alternate translation: “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
994	MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
995	MAT	12	13	ljl6		τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	to the man	Alternate translation: “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
996	MAT	12	13	s5ep		ἐξέτεινεν	1	he stretched it out	Alternate translation: “the man stretched it out”
997	MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
998	MAT	12	14	w4zl		συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	took counsel against him	Alternate translation: “planned to harm Jesus”
999	MAT	12	14	jdn2		ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	so that they might put him to death	Alternate translation: “in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
1000	MAT	12	15	d5l9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew	Alternate translation: “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
1001	MAT	12	15	hw22		ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	withdrew from there	Alternate translation: “departed from there” or “left that place”
1002	MAT	12	16	bk1n		μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	they might not make him known	Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
1003	MAT	12	17	dc7z		ἵνα…τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	so that what had been said	You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
1004	MAT	12	17	mcd7		τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1005	MAT	12	18	zkt7			0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 18-21, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
1006	MAT	12	18	f5kz		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1007	MAT	12	18	fjw6		μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου	1	my … I have chosen … my … my … I will put … my	All occurrences of I and my refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
1008	MAT	12	18	yv4f		ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased	Alternate translation: “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
1009	MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here, soul refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1010	MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. You can state clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1011	MAT	12	18	tum1	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun justice, you can express it as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1012	MAT	12	19	hb2m	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	neither will anyone hear his voice	Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1013	MAT	12	19	gj1p		οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ	1	He will not strive … his	Both He and his refer to God’s chosen servant.
1014	MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1015	MAT	12	20	ii4c		οὐ κατεάξει…οὐ σβέσει…ἂν ἐκβάλῃ	1	He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he may lead justice to victory	All occurrences of He and he refer to God’s chosen servant.
1016	MAT	12	20	kbu9	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1017	MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both bruised reed and smoking flax represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1018	MAT	12	20	m4uz		κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	a bruised reed	Alternate translation: “a damaged plant”
1019	MAT	12	20	y8mn		λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	Alternate translation: “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
1020	MAT	12	20	bjg2		λίνον τυφόμενον	1	a smoking flax	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
1021	MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he may lead justice to victory	Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1022	MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here, name refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1023	MAT	12	22	nba2			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
1024	MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1025	MAT	12	22	k2vt		προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone was brought to him, blind and mute	Alternate translation: “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
1026	MAT	12	23	gy5z		ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	all the crowds were amazed	Alternate translation: “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
1027	MAT	12	23	ink7		ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	Son of David is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
1028	MAT	12	23	h8kf		υἱὸς	1	Son	Here, Son means “descendant.”
1029	MAT	12	24	wmi1		ἀκούσαντες	1	having heard this	The word this refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
1030	MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	If your readers would misunderstand double negative not … except, you could express it in a positive form. “He is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1031	MAT	12	24	wj1y		οὗτος	1	He	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
1032	MAT	12	24	cii4		ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	the prince of the demons	Alternate translation: “the chief of the demons”
1033	MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1034	MAT	12	25	ll42	figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1035	MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here, kingdom refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1036	MAT	12	25	rvzh	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1037	MAT	12	25	kn8c	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Here, city refers to the people who live there, and house refers to a family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1038	MAT	12	25	xwob	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Being divided against itself represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1039	MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	if Satan casts out Satan	The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1040	MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1041	MAT	12	27	nvv9		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	Beelzebul refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
1042	MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons cast them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1043	MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase your sons refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1044	MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	Alternate translation: “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
1045	MAT	12	28	zb4d		εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ	1	But if I	Here, if does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
1046	MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1047	MAT	12	28	f1wj	figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	has come upon you	Here, you is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1048	MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1049	MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1050	MAT	12	29	jb6x		ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	unless first he might have tied up the strong man	Alternate translation: “without taking control of the strong man first”
1051	MAT	12	29	u6vu		τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	then he will plunder his house	Alternate translation: “then he can steal his possessions”
1052	MAT	12	30	ivp9		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one not being with me	Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
1053	MAT	12	30	gyk8		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me”
1054	MAT	12	30	ek1h	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	the one not gathering with me scatters	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1055	MAT	12	31	iy8l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1056	MAT	12	31	q5hk	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Here, you is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1057	MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058	MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1059	MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man	Here, word refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1060	MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1061	MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1062	MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will not be forgiven him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
1063	MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, this age and the one coming refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1064	MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) if you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1065	MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	Alternate translation: “healthy … diseased”
1066	MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	Here, fruit is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1067	MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1068	MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here, offspring means “having the characteristic of.” The vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in 3:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1069	MAT	12	34	pl4g	figs-you	γεννήματα…δύνασθε	1	You offspring … are you able	Both You and you are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1070	MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	being evil, how are you able to say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1071	MAT	12	34	i7c6	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, mouth is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1072	MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, heart is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1073	MAT	12	35	r3uw	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things	Jesus speaks about the heart as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1074	MAT	12	36	era6		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1075	MAT	12	36	f1wh	figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	every idle word that they will speak	Here, word refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1076	MAT	12	36	t2pj		οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον	1	men will give an account concerning it	Alternate translation: “God will ask those people about it” or “those people will have to explain it to God”
1077	MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified … you will be condemned	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1078	MAT	12	38	mec3			0	Connecting Statement:	The dialogue in verses 38-45 happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
1079	MAT	12	38	aiu6		θέλομεν	1	we wish	Alternate translation: “we want”
1080	MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1081	MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1082	MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An … adulterous generation	Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1083	MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1084	MAT	12	39	j21p		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1085	MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	three days and three nights	Here, days and nights mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1086	MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1087	MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1088	MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh”
1089	MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God judges people”
1090	MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Here, this generation refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1091	MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	The word condemn could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1092	MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The word behold emphasizes what Jesus says next.
1093	MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	something greater	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
1094	MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1095	MAT	12	41	a5p8	figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	than Jonah is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1096	MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1097	MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment”
1098	MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	See how you translated this phrase in 12:41.
1099	MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Here, this generation refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1100	MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in 12:41. The word condemn could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1101	MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, the ends of the earth is an idiom that means “very far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1102	MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1103	MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The word behold adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1104	MAT	12	42	aj1x		πλεῖον	1	something greater	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
1105	MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1106	MAT	12	42	yra5	figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	than Solomon is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1107	MAT	12	43	f5jr		ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	Alternate translation: “dry places” or “places where no people live”
1108	MAT	12	43	x2ur		οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	not finding it	Here, it refers to rest.
1109	MAT	12	44	gey7		τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I departed.’	You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
1110	MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I departed	Here, my house is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1111	MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1112	MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Here, swept out and put in order suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1113	MAT	12	45	bhb4	figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ; καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Then it goes and takes along with itself seven other spirits more evil than itself, and having entered, they live there. And the end of that man becomes worse than the first. It will be the same way also with this evil generation	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1114	MAT	12	45	jw1h		οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	It will be the same way also with this evil generation	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
1115	MAT	12	46	qj8w			0	General Information:	The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
1116	MAT	12	46	ahx7		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1117	MAT	12	46	mh5f		ἡ μήτηρ	1	his mother	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
1118	MAT	12	46	dq8m		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	Most people understand his brothers to refer to other sons born to Mary after Jesus—his younger brothers. Some people believe the word brothers here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
1119	MAT	12	46	z97j		ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι	1	seeking to speak	Alternate translation: “wanting to speak”
1120	MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1121	MAT	12	48	jm1y	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	to the one speaking to him	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1122	MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1123	MAT	12	49	gk62		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1124	MAT	12	49	rxe8	figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	my mother and my brothers	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1125	MAT	12	50	e25c		ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever may do	Alternate translation: “anyone who does”
1126	MAT	12	50	mq9r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1127	MAT	12	50	gn31	figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	he is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1128	MAT	13	intro	s3lu			0		Matthew 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament. This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says The word heaven when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (13:11). Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Metaphor Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message (13:19). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Parables The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (13:11-13).
1129	MAT	13	1	r4xv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
1130	MAT	13	1	vx5y		ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
1131	MAT	13	1	cy1t		ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας	1	having gone out of the house	It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
1132	MAT	13	1	zjb3	figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	was sitting beside the sea	It is implied that the reason he sat down was to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1133	MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1134	MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This boat was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1135	MAT	13	3	e99p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1136	MAT	13	3	f5mv		καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
1137	MAT	13	3	w5p3		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd”
1138	MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word Behold calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen”
1139	MAT	13	3	ur64		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	a sower went out to sow	Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
1140	MAT	13	4	c6g6		καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he sowed	Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
1141	MAT	13	4	v7r8		παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	beside the road	Here, road may refer to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
1142	MAT	13	4	qr2d		κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	devoured them	Alternate translation: “ate all the seeds”
1143	MAT	13	5	l2g6		τὰ πετρώδη	1	the rocky ground	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
1144	MAT	13	5	ql87		καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	And immediately they sprang up	Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
1145	MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1146	MAT	13	6	az8l		ἐξηράνθη	1	they were dried up	Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died”
1147	MAT	13	7	ugc9		ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	fell among the thorn plants	Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew”
1148	MAT	13	7	vt8z		ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	Translate choked with a word your language uses for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well. Alternate translation: “choked the new sprouts” or “crowded around the new plants and prevented them from growing”
1149	MAT	13	8	iwv2		ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	produced fruit	Alternate translation: “grew more seeds” or “gave more grain”
1150	MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1151	MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase having ears here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1152	MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1153	MAT	13	10	p8yc			0	General Information:	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1154	MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1155	MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1156	MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	To you has been given to understand	The word you is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1157	MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule. The phrase kingdom of the heavens occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ἔχει	1	whoever has	Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
1159	MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1160	MAT	13	12	xsr5		ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει	2	whoever does not have	Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
1161	MAT	13	12	bl5s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	even what he has will be taken away from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1162	MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of them and they refer to the people in the crowd.
1163	MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1164	MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could refer to: (1) them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
1165	MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here, see represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1166	MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could refer to: (1) them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
1167	MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, hear represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1168	MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1169	MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1170	MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1171	MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1172	MAT	13	15	lu8u	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1173	MAT	13	15	fy7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	For the heart of this people has become dull	Here, heart refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1174	MAT	13	15	q87m	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	their ears heard with difficulty	They are not physically deaf. Here, heard with difficulty means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1175	MAT	13	15	y7t7	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	they closed their eyes	They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1176	MAT	13	15	fl93		μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back	Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
1177	MAT	13	15	sr25	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	might understand with their hearts	The word hearts here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1178	MAT	13	15	ps56		ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they might turn back	Alternate translation: “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
1179	MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I will heal them	Here, to heal them means God would restore them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1180	MAT	13	16	yhe4	figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1181	MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here, eyes refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1182	MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both occurrences of your are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1183	MAT	13	16	jp32	figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Here, ears refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1184	MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	You can clearly explicitly the implied information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1185	MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
1186	MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε	1	to you … you see … you hear	All occurrences of you are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1187	MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	You can state explicitly what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1188	MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	You can state explicitly what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1189	MAT	13	18	w35t			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in 13:3.
1190	MAT	13	19	v2d7		τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the word of the kingdom	Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king”
1191	MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1192	MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	Here, the evil one refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1193	MAT	13	19	pt4d		ἁρπάζει	1	snatches away	Translate snatches with a word in your language that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
1194	MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1195	MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, heart refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1196	MAT	13	19	wfd3		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is what was sown beside the road	Alternate translation: “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
1197	MAT	13	19	xgz5		παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	beside the road	See how you translated this in 13:4.
1198	MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	Now that sown on the rocky ground	The phrase that sown refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1199	MAT	13	20	w4f9		ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Now that sown on rocky ground, this is	Alternate translation: “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
1200	MAT	13	20	e3hm		ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	the one hearing the word	In the parable, the seed represents the word.
1201	MAT	13	20	cl6g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Here, the word represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1202	MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receiving it with joy	Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1203	MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, but is temporary	The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1204	MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	immediately he is caused to stumble	Here, is caused to stumble means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1205	MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown	This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1206	MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants	Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
1207	MAT	13	22	anm5		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	this is the one	Alternate translation: “this represents the person”
1208	MAT	13	22	a3u1		τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching”
1209	MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1210	MAT	13	22	xa8r		ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the cares of this age	Alternate translation: “the things in this world that people worry about”
1211	MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus describes riches as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1212	MAT	13	22	gn6z	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1213	MAT	13	23	xw4b		ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown on the good soil	Alternate translation: “the good soil where seeds were sown”
1214	MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ	1	who indeed bears fruit, and some yield	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bear a crop that yields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1215	MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in 13:8. Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1216	MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1217	MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like a man	The translation should not equate the kingdom of the heavens to a man, but rather the kingdom of the heavens is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1218	MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1219	MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds”
1220	MAT	13	25	zn8v		ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	his enemy came	Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
1221	MAT	13	25	q4tv		ζιζάνια	1	darnel	The darnel that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
1222	MAT	13	26	lea1		ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	But when the blades sprouted	Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
1223	MAT	13	26	jgv9		καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	produced fruit	Alternate translation: “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
1224	MAT	13	26	tu4q		τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	then the darnel became visible also	Alternate translation: “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
1225	MAT	13	27	h51x		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	of the landowner	The landowner is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
1226	MAT	13	27	gr7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	did you not sow good seed in your field?	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1227	MAT	13	27	fb86	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας	1	did you not sow	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1228	MAT	13	28	r83z		ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	But he was saying to them	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
1229	MAT	13	28	num8		θέλεις οὖν	1	Therefore, do you want us	The word us refers to the servants.
1230	MAT	13	29	c9jc		ὁ δέ φησιν	1	But he says	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
1231	MAT	13	30	z36a	figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1232	MAT	13	30	ll14		τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	barn	A barn is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items.
1233	MAT	13	31	tdf4	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1234	MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1235	MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1236	MAT	13	32	gyi1	figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds	Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1237	MAT	13	32	x65d		ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	But when it may grow	Alternate translation: “But when the plant has grown”
1238	MAT	13	32	um9k		μεῖζον…ἐστὶν	1	it is greater than	Alternate translation: “it is larger than”
1239	MAT	13	32	g6v8		γίνεται δένδρον	1	becomes a tree	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall—the height of a small tree.
1240	MAT	13	32	c9te		τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the birds of the sky	Alternate translation: “the birds”
1241	MAT	13	33	a1th	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1242	MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1243	MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1244	MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measures of flour	You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1245	MAT	13	33	c35r	figs-explicit	γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1246	MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1247	MAT	13	34	n54e		ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	Here, All these things refers to what Jesus taught beginning at 13:1.
1248	MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative nothing … without, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1249	MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1250	MAT	13	35	p3tb		λέγοντος	1	saying	Alternate translation: “when the prophet said”
1251	MAT	13	35	f9gl		ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου; ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1		Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
1252	MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means “to speak.” Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1253	MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1254	MAT	13	35	th8t		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
1255	MAT	13	36	pq2h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in 13:24.
1256	MAT	13	36	x5w7		ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	he went into the house	Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
1257	MAT	13	37	aj8f		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	The one sowing the good seed	Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
1258	MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1259	MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	the sons of the kingdom	The idiom sons of refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1260	MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	Here, kingdom refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1261	MAT	13	38	edu7	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the evil one	The idiom sons of refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1262	MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	the enemy who sowed them	Alternate translation: “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
1263	MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1264	MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	Here Jesus is speaking of himself as the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1265	MAT	13	41	ptw9		τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	those doing lawlessness	Alternate translation: “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
1266	MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term furnace is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1267	MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, grinding of teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1268	MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	will shine as the sun	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1269	MAT	13	43	sea2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	of their Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1270	MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase having ears here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1271	MAT	13	43	sak5	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1272	MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1273	MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1274	MAT	13	44	u9jq	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	is like a treasure hidden in a field	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1275	MAT	13	44	k9rh		θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things.
1276	MAT	13	44	hu7f		ἔκρυψεν	1	hid	Alternate translation: “covered it up”
1277	MAT	13	44	jtv2	figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field	The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1278	MAT	13	45	c633	figs-explicit	ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1279	MAT	13	45	khy6		ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man, a merchant	A merchant is a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places.
1280	MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	fine pearls	A pearl is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine valuable” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1281	MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1282	MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like a net	The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1283	MAT	13	47	rjm4	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1284	MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net having been cast into the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1285	MAT	13	47	kbz2		βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	having been cast into the sea	Alternate translation: “that was thrown into the sea”
1286	MAT	13	47	t9v6		ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	having gathered from every kind	Alternate translation: “having caught all kinds of fish”
1287	MAT	13	48	kf47		ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	they drew up on the beach	Alternate translation: “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
1288	MAT	13	48	cnp7		τὰ καλὰ	1	the good things	Alternate translation: “the good fish”
1289	MAT	13	48	qi2z		τὰ…σαπρὰ	2	the worthless things	Alternate translation: “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
1290	MAT	13	48	aqu2		ἔξω ἔβαλον	1	they threw away	Alternate translation: “they did not keep”
1291	MAT	13	49	q1ms		ἐξελεύσονται	1	will come	Alternate translation: “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
1292	MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives wicked and righteous, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1293	MAT	13	50	hwv1		βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	they will throw them	Alternate translation: “the angels will throw the wicked people”
1294	MAT	13	50	j8nf	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term furnace is not known, you can translate it as “oven.” See how you translated this in 13:42. Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1295	MAT	13	50	mc8t	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, grinding of teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1296	MAT	13	51	d3wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
1297	MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.”	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1298	MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1299	MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1300	MAT	13	52	g59c		τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his treasure	A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
1301	MAT	13	53	jwv2		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And then” or “And after”
1302	MAT	13	54	qnh9			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through 17:27, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
1303	MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	Here, his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1304	MAT	13	54	j6vb		ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	in their synagogue	The pronoun their is referring to the people of the region.
1305	MAT	13	54	it1f		ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	they were astonished	Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
1306	MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1307	MAT	13	54	etwp	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1308	MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as statements. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1309	MAT	13	55	rpj9		ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If carpenter is not known, “builder” can be used.
1310	MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1311	MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	From where therefore to this one are all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1312	MAT	13	56	pqf1		ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	Here, all these things refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
1313	MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	they were offended by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1314	MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	You can state this double-negative not … without in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1315	MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his hometown	Alternate translation: “his own region”
1316	MAT	13	57	w4x8		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	Alternate translation: “in his own home”
1317	MAT	13	58	e2cp		οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	he did not do many miracles there	Alternate translation: “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
1318	MAT	14	intro	g5mc			0		Matthew 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1319	MAT	14	1	zl7x	figs-events		0	General Information:	These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1320	MAT	14	1	q8h5		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
1321	MAT	14	2	pd1b		εἶπεν	1	he said	Alternate translation: “Herod said”
1322	MAT	14	2	nx7x		ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	The words from the dead speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
1323	MAT	14	2	vve7		διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
1324	MAT	14	3	zgp9	figs-events		0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1325	MAT	14	3	d3gp	figs-events		0	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1326	MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1327	MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	Philip was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1328	MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	This direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1329	MAT	14	4	r8lh		ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	For John was saying to him	Alternate translation: “For John had kept saying to Herod”
1330	MAT	14	4	nb2j	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	It is not lawful	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1331	MAT	14	5	hg9f		ἐφοβήθη	1	he feared	Alternate translation: “Herod feared”
1332	MAT	14	5	w7uv		αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	they regarded him	Alternate translation: “they regarded John”
1333	MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in the midst	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1334	MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	But having being urged beforehand by her mother	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1335	MAT	14	8	wi8s		ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	But having being urged beforehand	Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand”
1336	MAT	14	8	ya5z		φησίν	1	she said	Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
1337	MAT	14	8	ruy4		πίνακι	1	a platter	A platter is a very large plate used for serving food.
1338	MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	And the king, having been grieved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1339	MAT	14	9	a1er		ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	The king	Alternate translation: “King Herod”
1340	MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	commanded it to be granted to her	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1341	MAT	14	11	nd5r	figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1342	MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	A platter is a very large plate used for serving food. See how you translated this in verse 8.
1343	MAT	14	11	lqb6		τῷ κορασίῳ	1	to the girl	Translate girl with the word for a young, unmarried girl.
1344	MAT	14	12	fl47		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
1345	MAT	14	12	ni1q		τὸ πτῶμα	1	the corpse	Alternate translation: “the dead body”
1346	MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1347	MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 13-14 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses 15-21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1348	MAT	14	13	ds5w		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1349	MAT	14	13	dvq4		ἀκούσας	1	having heard this	Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
1350	MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1351	MAT	14	13	zlh8		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Alternate translation: “from that place”
1352	MAT	14	13	i7uu		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	And having heard of it, the crowds	Alternate translation: “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
1353	MAT	14	13	u6nr		οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds	Alternate translation: “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
1354	MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	Here, on foot means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1355	MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	And having come out	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus came ashore”
1356	MAT	14	15	gcu9			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
1357	MAT	14	15	xa7n		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples came to him	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
1358	MAT	14	16	qwk1		οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	They have no need	Alternate translation: “It is not necessary for the people in the crowd”
1359	MAT	14	16	r5gd	figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	You give them	The word You is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1360	MAT	14	17	tm5t		οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	But they say to him	Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus”
1361	MAT	14	17	ih48		πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
1362	MAT	14	18	szx6		φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Bring them here to me	Alternate translation: “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
1363	MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to recline	Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “lie down” or “sit down”
1364	MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	he took	This does not mean that he stole them. Alternate translation: “he held in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1365	MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
1366	MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	Alternate translation: “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
1367	MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up.
1368	MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1369	MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1370	MAT	14	21	wv59		οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Now those eating	Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
1371	MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	5,000 men	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1372	MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
1373	MAT	14	22	wt1t		καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	And immediately he made	Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
1374	MAT	14	23	d27u		ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come about	Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
1375	MAT	14	24	vzd1		ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	was being tossed about by the waves	Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
1376	MAT	14	25	pmw8		τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Now in the fourth watch of the night	The fourth watch is between 3 AM and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn”
1377	MAT	14	25	t1vp		περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	walking on the sea	Alternate translation: “walking on top of the water”
1378	MAT	14	26	q9qs		ἐταράχθησαν	1	were greatly troubled	Alternate translation: “were very afraid”
1379	MAT	14	26	h7df		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	The people of that time believes that a ghost was a spirit that has left the body of a person who had died.
1380	MAT	14	28	w2pl		ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	but answering him, Peter said	Alternate translation: “but Peter answered Jesus and said”
1381	MAT	14	30	sk3j	figs-idiom	βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	seeing the strong wind	Here, seeing the wind means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1382	MAT	14	31	bd2v		ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	You of little faith, why	Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
1383	MAT	14	31	ia1d	figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	You can make explicit what Peter doubted. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1384	MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1385	MAT	14	33	u8pu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1386	MAT	14	34	cv3f		καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	And having crossed over	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
1387	MAT	14	34	x9nu	translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret	Gennesaret is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1388	MAT	14	35	xd7c		ἀπέστειλαν	1	sent	Alternate translation: “sent messages”
1389	MAT	14	36	ql3y		καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	And they were begging him	Alternate translation: “And the sick people were begging him”
1390	MAT	14	36	x8jv		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
1391	MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1392	MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		Matthew 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The “traditions of the elders” The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Jews and Gentiles The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Sheep The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1393	MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1394	MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1395	MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	These traditions of the elders are not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
1396	MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1398	MAT	15	4	srz6			0	General Information:	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
1399	MAT	15	4	qmm7		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	let him die the death	Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him”
1400	MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	But you say	Here, you is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1401	MAT	15	6	vr6y	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1402	MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	It is implied that his father means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1403	MAT	15	6	znt9		ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, word of God refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
1404	MAT	15	6	yq5a		διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	because of your traditions	Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions”
1405	MAT	15	7	t4fq			0	General Information:	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
1406	MAT	15	7	wv77		καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Well did Isaiah prophesy about you	Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
1407	MAT	15	7	n4ti	figs-explicit	λέγων	1	saying	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1408	MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Here, lips refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1409	MAT	15	8	bz91		με…ἐμοῦ	1	me … me	Both occurrences of me refer to God.
1410	MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here, heart refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1411	MAT	15	8	q7vm	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far away from me	This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1412	MAT	15	9	jf93		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	But they worship me in vain	Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
1413	MAT	15	9	vvb9		ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of men	Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up”
1414	MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1415	MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1416	MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were worthless plants that his Father would uproot. This means the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1417	MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1418	MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1419	MAT	15	14	r167		ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word them refers to the Pharisees.
1420	MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to guide other blind people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1421	MAT	15	15	cje4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in verses13-14.
1422	MAT	15	15	shg6		ἡμῖν	1	to us	Alternate translation: “to us disciples”
1423	MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word you is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1424	MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1425	MAT	15	17	s833		εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	passes into the stomach	Alternate translation: “goes into the stomach”
1426	MAT	15	17	s9z6		ἀφεδρῶνα	1	the latrine	A latrine a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
1427	MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that proceed out from the mouth	This phrase refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1428	MAT	15	18	x14k	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	from the heart	Here, heart refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1429	MAT	15	19	rg59		φόνοι	1	murder	Murder is the act of killing innocent people.
1430	MAT	15	20	bme7		ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	to eat with unwashed hands	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
1431	MAT	15	21	e5gv			0	General Information:	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
1432	MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1433	MAT	15	22	x1wm		ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came”
1434	MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out	The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. This woman was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out”
1435	MAT	15	22	f4k2	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	Have mercy on me	This phrase implies that the woman is asking Jesus to heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1436	MAT	15	22	xs64		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, Son of David is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
1437	MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1438	MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Here, word refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1439	MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1440	MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in 10:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1441	MAT	15	25	ch7c		ἡ	1	she	Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman”
1442	MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This action shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1443	MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1444	MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the bread of the children	Here, bread refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1445	MAT	15	26	fe7n		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	to the little dogs	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
1446	MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1447	MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in 15:26.
1448	MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1449	MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1450	MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1451	MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1452	MAT	15	30	c8td		χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
1453	MAT	15	30	yf7i		ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
1454	MAT	15	31	pi52	figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	the crippled made well	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1455	MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	If your readers would misunderstand these nominal adjectives, you could express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1456	MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
1457	MAT	15	32	efc2		νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	hungry, lest they may faint on the way	Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way”
1458	MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1459	MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1460	MAT	15	35	x13q		ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	to recline on the ground	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
1461	MAT	15	36	x7kc		ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	he took the seven loaves and the fish	Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
1462	MAT	15	36	dcr4		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke them	Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves”
1463	MAT	15	36	a9s4		ἐδίδου	1	was giving them	Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish”
1464	MAT	15	37	fc8g		ἦραν	1	they took away	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1465	MAT	15	38	udk7		οἱ…ἐσθίοντες	1	those eating	Alternate translation: “the people who ate”
1466	MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1467	MAT	15	39	be43		τὰ ὅρια	1	the region	Alternate translation: “the area”
1468	MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	of Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1469	MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		Matthew 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Yeast Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Background information Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).
1470	MAT	16	1	t7p5		πειράζοντες	1	testing him	Here, testing is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
1471	MAT	16	4	jl3e	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation” See how you translated this in 12:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1472	MAT	16	4	fhx6	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in 12:39. Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1473	MAT	16	4	d9eq	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	2	a sign will not be given to it	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. See how you translated this in 12:39. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1474	MAT	16	4	dep2		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	except the sign of Jonah	See how you translated this in 12:39. Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1475	MAT	16	5	ii6j			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1476	MAT	16	5	si9k	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1477	MAT	16	6	hfz2	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as yeast here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1478	MAT	16	7	huw7		διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	were reasoning among themselves	Alternate translation: “were discussing this with each other” or “were thinking about this”
1479	MAT	16	8	mg8s		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	You of little faith	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in 6:30. Alternate translation: “You who have such little faith”
1480	MAT	16	8	zz4i	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	why do you reason among yourselves that it is because you do not have bread?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1481	MAT	16	9	h5bg	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1482	MAT	16	9	ux51	translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	of the 5,000	Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1483	MAT	16	10	ejm5	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Or the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1484	MAT	16	10	b11x	translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	of the 4,000	Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1485	MAT	16	11	mb2z	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	How do you not understand that I did not speak to you about bread?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1486	MAT	16	11	i7x6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, yeast represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1487	MAT	16	12	f73l		συνῆκαν	1	they understood	Here, they refer to the disciples.
1488	MAT	16	13	e5cm			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
1489	MAT	16	13	pye3		δὲ	1	Now	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1490	MAT	16	13	e1jh	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1491	MAT	16	16	n5wi	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the Son of the living God	Son is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1492	MAT	16	16	r1h7		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	of the living God	Here, living contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
1493	MAT	16	17	le6a	translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Simon Bar Jonah	Alternate translation: “Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1494	MAT	16	17	dfw5	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	flesh and blood did not reveal this	Here, flesh and blood refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1495	MAT	16	17	wix3		οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	did not reveal this	Here, this refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
1496	MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	but my Father who is in the heavens	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in the heavens who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1497	MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1498	MAT	16	18	z897		κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω	1	And I also say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1499	MAT	16	18	th3d	figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	you are Peter	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1500	MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, build my church is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase this rock could represent: (1) Peter. (2) the truth that Peter had just said in 16:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1501	MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, Hades represents death, and its gates represent its power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1502	MAT	16	18	l6o0	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, Hades is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying the powers of death will not overcome his church. (2) Jesus is saying his church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1503	MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1504	MAT	16	19	pp5d	figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the keys of the kingdom of the heavens	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1505	MAT	16	19	kc3k	figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1506	MAT	16	19	ef9c	figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Here, bound is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and loosed is a metaphor meaning to allow something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1507	MAT	16	19	dy4p	figs-metonymy	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Here, in the heavens is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1508	MAT	16	21	wl33			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
1509	MAT	16	21	es1l	figs-idiom	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	Here, to be raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1510	MAT	16	21	r5hj	figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him, and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1511	MAT	16	21	jjx5	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word third is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1512	MAT	16	22	jie2	writing-background	καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	And having taken him aside, Peter	Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon in verse 21. He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1513	MAT	16	22	q31h		προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	having taken him aside, Peter	Alternate translation: “Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them and”
1514	MAT	16	22	guz8	figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	Merciful to you	This is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1515	MAT	16	23	f28i	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me	Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1516	MAT	16	23	ax7x		ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Get behind me	Alternate translation: “Get away from me”
1517	MAT	16	24	ck1a	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	to come after me	To come after Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1518	MAT	16	24	pg9h		ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	let him deny himself	Alternate translation: “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
1519	MAT	16	24	h7ug	figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	To take up a cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1520	MAT	16	24	v6n7	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1521	MAT	16	24	x13v	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	and follow me	To follow Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1522	MAT	16	25	y9kc	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person who considers his own life as being more important than obeying Jesus will not attain spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1523	MAT	16	25	ie7t		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	Alternate translation: “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
1524	MAT	16	25	xz98	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1525	MAT	16	26	eqe8	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	For what will it profit a man if he would have gained the whole world but would have forfeited his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a man to gain the whole world if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1526	MAT	16	26	q7x1	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	if he would have gained the whole world	The words the whole world are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he would gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1527	MAT	16	26	b34q		τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	but would have forfeited his life	Alternate translation: “but he would lose his life”
1528	MAT	16	26	eck5	figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Or what will a man give in exchange for his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1529	MAT	16	27	iyu1	figs-123person	μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει	1	the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1530	MAT	16	27	ie16		μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	is about to come in the glory of his Father	Alternate translation: “will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
1531	MAT	16	27	k4q4	figs-123person	μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	with his angels	If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1532	MAT	16	27	vk5y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	of his Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1533	MAT	16	27	i7rs		κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	according to his actions	Alternate translation: “according to what each person has done”
1534	MAT	16	28	ytr3		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1535	MAT	16	28	k2d1	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1536	MAT	16	28	wq13	figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	may certainly not have tasted death	Here, tasted means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not have experienced death” or “will still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1537	MAT	16	28	b2pb	figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	until they may see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom	Here, his kingdom represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1538	MAT	17	intro	yb4k			0		Matthew 17 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Elijah The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) “transfigured” Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
1539	MAT	17	1	u6dw			0	General Information:	This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
1540	MAT	17	1	nva7		τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Peter, James, and John his brother	Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
1541	MAT	17	2	xx8e		μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
1542	MAT	17	2	kq4l	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	he was transfigured	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1543	MAT	17	2	uxg3		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	before them	Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
1544	MAT	17	2	i1mp	figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light	These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1545	MAT	17	2	te1s		τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	his garments	Alternate translation: “what he was wearing”
1546	MAT	17	3	axr5		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1547	MAT	17	3	n63y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, them refers to Peter, James, and John.
1548	MAT	17	3	sde3		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	Alternate translation: “with Jesus”
1549	MAT	17	4	r41c		ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	answering, Peter said	Peter is not responding to a question. Alternate translation: “Peter said”
1550	MAT	17	4	d231	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	It is not clear whether us refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1551	MAT	17	5	cek4		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1552	MAT	17	5	an8j		ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	overshadowed them	Alternate translation: “came over them”
1553	MAT	17	5	kc8t	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Here, voice refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1554	MAT	17	6	wd76		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	And having heard that, the disciples	Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
1555	MAT	17	6	a87e	figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	fell on their face	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1556	MAT	17	9	jz51		καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	As they were coming down	Alternate translation: “And as Jesus and the disciples were coming down”
1557	MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1558	MAT	17	10	nwt5	figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. Alternate translation: “Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?”	(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1559	MAT	17	11	xbs2		ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	will restore all things	Alternate translation: “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
1560	MAT	17	12	whp9		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1561	MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, they and them could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. (2) all the Jewish people.
1562	MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1563	MAT	17	14	t687			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
1564	MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1565	MAT	17	15	hs55		σεληνιάζεται	1	he is epileptic	The phrase he is epileptic means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “he has seizures”
1566	MAT	17	17	lyu5		ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε	1	O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long	Alternate translation: “O you generation that does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How long”
1567	MAT	17	17	su3r	figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?	These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1568	MAT	17	18	i8kd	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	the boy was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1569	MAT	17	18	h2gc	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1570	MAT	17	19	pz9f	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Here, we refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1571	MAT	17	19	r9j7		διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	For what reason were we not able to cast it out?	Alternate translation: “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
1572	MAT	17	20	u5ll		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For I truly say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
1573	MAT	17	20	uy78	figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	if you would have faith as a mustard seed	Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1574	MAT	17	20	x48i	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	nothing will be impossible for you	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative nothing … impossible, you could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1575	MAT	17	22	r2cu			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
1576	MAT	17	22	n2xs		συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν	1	as they are gathered together	Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together”
1577	MAT	17	22	ff8x	figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	The Son of Man is about to be delivered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1578	MAT	17	22	mmk2	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	to be delivered into the hands of men	The word hands here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1579	MAT	17	22	i5rb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1580	MAT	17	23	hl6j	figs-123person	αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται	1	him … he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1581	MAT	17	23	b6g3	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word third is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1582	MAT	17	23	fni4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	Here to be raised up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1583	MAT	17	23	fjac	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1584	MAT	17	24	jli6			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
1585	MAT	17	24	t8qt		ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν	1	when they had come	Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples had come”
1586	MAT	17	24	b953	figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1587	MAT	17	24	cths	translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	The drachma was equivalent to the “denarius,” which was worth about one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1588	MAT	17	25	y26n		τὴν οἰκίαν	1	the house	Alternate translation: “the place where Jesus was staying”
1589	MAT	17	25	yp5h	figs-rquestion	τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?	1	What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers?	Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as a statement. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1590	MAT	17	26	w75w	figs-quotations	εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	But when he said, “From strangers,” Jesus said to him	If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in 17:25, you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from people who are not their family,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1591	MAT	17	26	u6xx		οἱ υἱοί	1	the sons	Here, the sons refers to people who are not part of the ruler’s family.
1592	MAT	17	27	mwa6		ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς	1	But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone	Alternate translation: “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
1593	MAT	17	27	uhk5	figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	throw in a hook	Fishermen tied a fishhook to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1594	MAT	17	27	ebj4		τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	its mouth	Alternate translation: “the fish’s mouth”
1595	MAT	17	27	t9t8	translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	a shekel	A shekel was a silver coin worth four days’ wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1596	MAT	17	27	ej3l		ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς	1	Having taken that, give it	Alternate translation: “Take the shekel and give it”
1597	MAT	17	27	km3v	figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	on behalf of me and you	Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1598	MAT	18	intro	m4y6			0		Matthew 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them? Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1599	MAT	18	1	f7zv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through 18:35, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
1600	MAT	18	1	iri5		τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν	1	Who therefore is greatest	Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
1601	MAT	18	1	pp31	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1602	MAT	18	3	qb44		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1603	MAT	18	3	fs1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1604	MAT	18	3	ewj5	figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	would become like little children	Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1605	MAT	18	3	ch9p	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1606	MAT	18	4	ta7z	figs-simile		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1607	MAT	18	4	f9t5		ἐστιν ὁ μείζων	1	is the greatest	Alternate translation: “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
1608	MAT	18	4	gf8l	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1609	MAT	18	5	dz1i	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, my name refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1610	MAT	18	5	ik3r		ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	in my name receives me	Jesus means that receiving the child is the same as welcoming Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
1611	MAT	18	6	ghp3	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1612	MAT	18	6	w3uz		μύλος	1	a millstone	A millstone is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
1613	MAT	18	7	ees6	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	to the world	Here, world refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1614	MAT	18	7	y7vh	figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come	Here, stumbling is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1615	MAT	18	8	vad7	figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you	Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1616	MAT	18	8	gqi3	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of your and you are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1617	MAT	18	8	pc4d		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
1618	MAT	18	8	lhk9	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1619	MAT	18	9	xad4	figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you	The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1620	MAT	18	9	q7tw	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	causes you to stumble	Here, stumble is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1621	MAT	18	9	eii2	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of your and you are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1622	MAT	18	9	m8as		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
1623	MAT	18	9	r1ie	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1624	MAT	18	10	qnc6		ὁρᾶτε	1	See that	Alternate translation: “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
1625	MAT	18	10	e9uf		μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	you would not despise one of these little ones	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative not despise, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones” or “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant”
1626	MAT	18	10	j4l5		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This phrase add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1627	MAT	18	10	xdl9	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1628	MAT	18	10	y6n9	figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	always look on the face of my Father	This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1629	MAT	18	10	iq8j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1630	MAT	18	12	idl5	figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	What do you think?	Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1631	MAT	18	12	dm8u	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here, you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1632	MAT	18	12	t5h4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1633	MAT	18	13	hk59	figs-you	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word you is plural. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1634	MAT	18	14	kcy2		οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish	Alternate translation: “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
1635	MAT	18	14	usa4	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	Here, your is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1636	MAT	18	14	fmm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1637	MAT	18	15	k6t7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1638	MAT	18	15	kpe2		ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Here, your brother refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
1639	MAT	18	15	yh3t		ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	you will have gained your brother	Alternate translation: “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
1640	MAT	18	16	i25x	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	Here, mouth and word refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1641	MAT	18	16	xv1w	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1642	MAT	18	17	g3aj		ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν	1	if he might refuse to listen to them	Alternate translation: “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
1643	MAT	18	17	kx28		τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	the church	Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers”
1644	MAT	18	17	xf1a	figs-explicit	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector	This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1645	MAT	18	18	u2kl		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1646	MAT	18	18	qzq7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε	1	to you … you may bind … you may release	All occurrences of you are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1647	MAT	18	18	bu6i	figs-metonymy	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven	Here, in heaven is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1648	MAT	18	18	qrfh	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven	Here, bind is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and release is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in 16:19. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1649	MAT	18	18	l7na		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1650	MAT	18	19	cal4	figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	if two of you	It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1651	MAT	18	19	c3lf		ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς	1	they might ask … for them	These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
1652	MAT	18	19	gs8w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1653	MAT	18	20	kv9z	figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two or three	It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1654	MAT	18	20	s5rx		συνηγμένοι	1	gathered together	Alternate translation: “meeting together”
1655	MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Here, name refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1656	MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1657	MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in 13:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1658	MAT	18	23	bp72		συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his slaves	Alternate translation: “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
1659	MAT	18	24	d6ne	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ	1	one was brought to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1660	MAT	18	24	w3nr	translate-numbers	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	of 10,000 talents	Alternate translation: “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1661	MAT	18	24	bihe	translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	of 10,000 talents	A “talent” was equal to one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1662	MAT	18	25	nmz8	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1663	MAT	18	26	thl3	translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before	This shows that the slave approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1664	MAT	18	26	cx5z		προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	was bowing down before him	Alternate translation: “was bowing down before the king”
1665	MAT	18	27	j5vp		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having felt compassion	Alternate translation: “feeling compassion for the slave”
1666	MAT	18	27	vn7l		ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν	1	released him	Alternate translation: “let him go”
1667	MAT	18	28	zyie	translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	one hundred denarii	Alternate translation: “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1668	MAT	18	28	uy32		κρατήσας αὐτὸν	1	having grasped him	Alternate translation: “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
1669	MAT	18	28	b7u9		κρατήσας	1	having grasped	Alternate translation: “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
1670	MAT	18	29	i21c	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in 18:26. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1671	MAT	18	30	t8wb		ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	having gone out, he threw him into prison	Alternate translation: “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
1672	MAT	18	31	w9n2		οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	his fellow slaves	Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
1673	MAT	18	31	nx9k		διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	they fully explained to their master	Alternate translation: “they told the king”
1674	MAT	18	32	txr7		τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Then, having called him, his master	Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
1675	MAT	18	33	jw37	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	Was it not necessary for you to also have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you?	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1676	MAT	18	34	big9		ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	his master	Alternate translation: “the king”
1677	MAT	18	34	e95u	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	handed him over	Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1678	MAT	18	34	j7s3		τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	to the torturers	Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
1679	MAT	18	34	e14m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	that is owed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1680	MAT	18	35	pm1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1681	MAT	18	35	q8p9	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν	1	to you … each of you … your	All occurrences of you and your are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1682	MAT	18	35	c4fw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1683	MAT	18	35	mzn6	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	The phrase from your heart is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1684	MAT	19	intro	ewl5			0		Matthew 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Divorce Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (1:12).
1685	MAT	19	1	nj6t	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through 22:46, which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1686	MAT	19	1	c5j9	figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	had finished these words	Here, these words refers to what Jesus taught starting in 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1687	MAT	19	3	kg12			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
1688	MAT	19	3	gl85		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ	1	approached him	Alternate translation: “came to Jesus”
1689	MAT	19	3	s8jq		πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	testing him and saying	Here, testing is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
1690	MAT	19	4	ncb6	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female,	This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1691	MAT	19	5	n8zn		ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1		In this verse, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
1692	MAT	19	5	xc7a	figs-rquestion	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1693	MAT	19	5	q71w	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1694	MAT	19	5	phz3		ἕνεκα τούτου	1	For the sake of this	This phrase is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
1695	MAT	19	5	af1r		κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	will be joined to his wife	Alternate translation: “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
1696	MAT	19	5	m83j	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	the two will be one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1697	MAT	19	6	m4b7	figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1698	MAT	19	7	jxs2		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They say to him	Alternate translation: “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
1699	MAT	19	7	ugf4		Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο	1	has Moses commanded us	Alternate translation: “has Moses command us Jews”
1700	MAT	19	7	xml9		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	A certificate of divorce is a document that legally ends a marriage.
1701	MAT	19	8	zu87	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	For your hardness of heart	The phrase hardness of heart is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1702	MAT	19	8	ve9e	figs-you	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart … allowed you … your wives	Here, you and your are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1703	MAT	19	8	mgx9	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ	1	but from the beginning	Here, the beginning refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1704	MAT	19	9	eq8z		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1705	MAT	19	9	yl3x	figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	may marry another	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “may marry another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1706	MAT	19	9	ps45	translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	and the one having been divorced, having married, commits adultery	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1707	MAT	19	11	h3a3	figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	to whom it has been given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1708	MAT	19	12	yvb8	figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	For there are eunuchs who were born thus from their mother’s womb	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1709	MAT	19	12	m1r9	figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1710	MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1711	MAT	19	12	r78n	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1712	MAT	19	12	hqu1		χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	to accept this, let him accept it	Alternate translation: “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
1713	MAT	19	13	wjb5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus receives and blesses little children.
1714	MAT	19	13	wu52	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	little children were brought to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1715	MAT	19	14	m219		μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	do not forbid them to come to me	Alternate translation: “do not stop them from coming to me”
1716	MAT	19	14	l1bq	figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1717	MAT	19	14	za2g	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these	This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to those who are like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1718	MAT	19	16	g9us			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
1719	MAT	19	16	vj7t		ἰδοὺ, εἷς	1	behold	The word behold, a man alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1720	MAT	19	16	bw9n		ἀγαθὸν	1	good thing	Here, good thing means a thing that pleases God.
1721	MAT	19	17	sce3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Why do you ask me about what is good?	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1722	MAT	19	17	d4sh		εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	One is good	Alternate translation: “God alone is completely good”
1723	MAT	19	17	d7fd		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into life	Alternate translation: “to receive eternal life”
1724	MAT	19	19	zv5n		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	love your neighbor	The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
1725	MAT	19	21	zic9	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective poor, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1726	MAT	19	21	e4vs	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	you will have treasure in the heavens	The phrase treasure in the heavens is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1727	MAT	19	23	ass2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
1728	MAT	19	23	r93j		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1729	MAT	19	23	ean2	figs-metonymy	δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter … into the kingdom of the heavens	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept with difficulty our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter with difficulty into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1730	MAT	19	24	c8l5	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God	Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1731	MAT	19	24	dip3		τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	The eye is the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed.
1732	MAT	19	25	sl38	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα	1	they were very astonished	It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. Alternate translation: “the disciples were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1733	MAT	19	25	d389	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then is able to be saved?	The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1734	MAT	19	25	x1at	figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then is able to be saved?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1735	MAT	19	27	yp3h		ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	we have left everything	Alternate translation: “we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
1736	MAT	19	27	sp61		τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?	1	What then will there be for us?	Alternate translation: “What good thing will God give us?”
1737	MAT	19	28	pm6v		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1738	MAT	19	28	j89c	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	in the renewal	This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1739	MAT	19	28	gey2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1740	MAT	19	28	sx2j	figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	may sit on his glorious throne	Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “may sit as king on his glorious throne” or “will rule gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1741	MAT	19	28	rx2u	figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε καὶ…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	will also sit upon 12 thrones	Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “will also sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1742	MAT	19	28	ci3t	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Here, tribes refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1743	MAT	19	29	gq8p	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	for the sake of my name	Here, name refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1744	MAT	19	29	bzt3		ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται	1	will receive 100 times as much	Alternate translation: “will receive from God one hundred times as many good things as they gave up”
1745	MAT	19	29	z8wb	figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	will inherit eternal life	This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1746	MAT	19	30	u8p3		πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	But many who will be first will be last, and the last, first	Here, first and last refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
1747	MAT	20	intro	z39h			0		Matthew 20 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the landowner and his vineyard Jesus tells this parable (20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
1748	MAT	20	1	k7sw			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
1749	MAT	20	1	q9qc	figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	For the kingdom of heaven is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in 13:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1750	MAT	20	2	wd43		συμφωνήσας	1	After he had agreed	Alternate translation: “after the landowner had agreed”
1751	MAT	20	2	iwk5	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	a denarius	A denarius was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1752	MAT	20	2	w9hq		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	he sent them into his vineyard	Alternate translation: “he sent them to work in his vineyard”
1753	MAT	20	3	s8ha		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	He went out again	Alternate translation: “The landowner went out again”
1754	MAT	20	3	bki1	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	the third hour	The third hour is around 9 AM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1755	MAT	20	3	xk4i		ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	standing idle in the marketplace	Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
1756	MAT	20	3	q3b7		τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	the marketplace	A marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items.
1757	MAT	20	5	j3zh		πάλιν ἐξελθὼν	1	Again he went out	Alternate translation: “Again the landowner went out”
1758	MAT	20	5	pip4	translate-ordinal	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour	The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around 3 PM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1759	MAT	20	5	y513		ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	did the same	This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
1760	MAT	20	6	t8uu	translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	the eleventh hour	The eleventh hour is about 5 PM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1761	MAT	20	6	up1w		ἑστῶτας	1	having stood	Alternate translation: “not doing anything” or “not having any work”
1762	MAT	20	8	x6iv		ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	having begun from the last to the first	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
1763	MAT	20	10	d2bn	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	A denarius was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1764	MAT	20	11	z9sz		λαβόντες	1	having received it	Alternate translation: “when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
1765	MAT	20	11	d6sy		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	the landowner	Alternate translation: “the vineyard owner”
1766	MAT	20	12	qpz4		ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας	1	you have made them equal to us	Alternate translation: “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
1767	MAT	20	12	vy87	figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat	The phrase borne the burden of the day is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1768	MAT	20	13	r9f3		ἑνὶ αὐτῶν	1	to one of them	Alternate translation: “to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
1769	MAT	20	13	f5mb		ἑταῖρε	1	Friend	Translate Friend a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
1770	MAT	20	13	qbu1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	Did you not agree with me for a denarius?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1771	MAT	20	13	qxn3	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	for a denarius	A denarius was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “for one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1772	MAT	20	15	h3uh	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine?	The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1773	MAT	20	15	dus3	figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	Or is your eye evil because I am good?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1774	MAT	20	16	k5fe		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last	Here, first and last refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in 19:30. Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
1775	MAT	20	16	bhr5		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
1776	MAT	20	17	iu9d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
1777	MAT	20	17	b6ia		ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jesus, going up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
1778	MAT	20	18	d3ig		ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Behold, we are going up	Jesus uses the word Behold to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
1779	MAT	20	18	nf34	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	we are going up	Here, we refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1780	MAT	20	18	b2f2	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1781	MAT	20	18	rbl4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν	1	the Son of Man … him	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1782	MAT	20	18	s8uh		κατακρινοῦσιν	1	they will condemn	The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
1783	MAT	20	19	rjq7		καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι	1	and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock	The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the Gentiles, and the Gentiles will mock him.
1784	MAT	20	19	a9k5		μαστιγῶσαι	1	to flog	Alternate translation: “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
1785	MAT	20	19	pn84	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word third is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1786	MAT	20	19	c6q1	figs-123person	αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται	1	him … to crucify him … he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1787	MAT	20	19	kr7a	figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will be raised up	The words be raised up are an idiom for “be made alive again.” If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1788	MAT	20	20	sx75		τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	of the sons of Zebedee	The sons of Zebedee were James and John.
1789	MAT	20	21	b8xs	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	at your right hand … at your left hand	These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1790	MAT	20	21	i9n6	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	in your kingdom	Here, kingdom refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1791	MAT	20	22	gx17	figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	You is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1792	MAT	20	22	i8nx	figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Are you able	Here, you is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1793	MAT	20	22	f9cy	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	to drink the cup that I am about to drink	To drink the cup or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1794	MAT	20	22	d4rf		λέγουσιν	1	They say	Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
1795	MAT	20	23	m4d2	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	My cup you will drink	To drink a cup or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1796	MAT	20	23	aq1v	figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων	1	right hand … my left hand	These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in 20:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1797	MAT	20	23	sj51	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	to those who have been prepared by my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1798	MAT	20	23	x5f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1799	MAT	20	24	qxl4		ἀκούσαντες	1	having heard this	Alternate translation: “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
1800	MAT	20	24	la38	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	were very angry with the two brothers	If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples were angry. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1801	MAT	20	25	v2xq		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	having called them to himself	Alternate translation: “having called the 12 disciples”
1802	MAT	20	25	x2ul		οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	the rulers of the Gentiles subjugate them	Alternate translation: “the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
1803	MAT	20	25	gu83		οἱ μεγάλοι	1	the great ones	Alternate translation: “the important men among the Gentiles”
1804	MAT	20	25	nb3r		κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν	1	exercise authority over them	Alternate translation: “have control over the people”
1805	MAT	20	26	y4qw		ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	whoever desires	Alternate translation: “whoever wants”
1806	MAT	20	27	j3ms		εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	Alternate translation: “to be most important”
1807	MAT	20	28	m27d	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	the Son of Man … his life	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1808	MAT	20	28	iz71	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	did not come to be served	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1809	MAT	20	28	c7r9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	but to serve	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1810	MAT	20	28	zh3k	figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many	Jesus’ life being a ransom is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1811	MAT	20	28	zv1p	figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	and to give his life	To give one’s life is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1812	MAT	20	28	hgv7	figs-ellipsis	ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	in exchange for many	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “in exchange for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1813	MAT	20	29	u6ad			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
1814	MAT	20	29	ev2t		ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	as they were proceeding	Here, they refers to the disciples and Jesus.
1815	MAT	20	29	b4tr		ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	Alternate translation: “followed Jesus”
1816	MAT	20	30	zz5f		ἀκούσαντες	1	Having heard	Alternate translation: “When the two blind men heard”
1817	MAT	20	30	stz8		παράγει	1	is passing by	Alternate translation: “was walking by them”
1818	MAT	20	30	t577		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, Son of David is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
1819	MAT	20	32	f5mw		ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς	1	called to them	Alternate translation: “called to the blind men”
1820	MAT	20	33	yb39	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	that our eyes may be opened	The men speak of becoming able to see as if their eyes were to be opened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1821	MAT	20	33	xdgl	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	that our eyes may be opened	Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1822	MAT	20	34	q9iq		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Alternate translation: “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
1823	MAT	21	intro	ni1x			0		Matthew 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Hosanna This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you” No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
1824	MAT	21	1	f8fs			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
1825	MAT	21	1	p3g6	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	Bethphage was a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1826	MAT	21	2	wen2	figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	a donkey tied up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1827	MAT	21	2	pq2e	figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	tied up	You can make explicit how the donkey is tied up. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” or “tied up to a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1828	MAT	21	2	ure7		πῶλον	1	a colt	This colt was a young male donkey.
1829	MAT	21	4	lk67			0	General Information:	Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
1830	MAT	21	4	irw1		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
1831	MAT	21	4	n979	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	this had come about so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1832	MAT	21	4	x3up	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	through the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1833	MAT	21	5	whn7		τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	the daughter of Zion	The daughter of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
1834	MAT	21	5	jzz6		Σιών	1	of Zion	Zion is another name for Jerusalem.
1835	MAT	21	5	fx3v		ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	on a donkey—and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden	The phrase on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
1836	MAT	21	7	y6en		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	These cloaks were outer clothing or long coats.
1837	MAT	21	8	t29s	translate-symaction	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road	The crowd did these acts to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1838	MAT	21	8	gbn8	figs-explicit	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road	You can state clearly that they did this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road in order to show honor to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1839	MAT	21	9	ky4c		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	Hosanna means “Save us,” but it can also mean “Praise God!”
1840	MAT	21	9	ysb9		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	to the son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, Son of David is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
1841	MAT	21	9	q52t	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	Here, in the name means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1842	MAT	21	9	g73z	figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	Here, highest refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1843	MAT	21	10	cb4h	figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole the city was stirred	Here, city refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1844	MAT	21	10	nqb2		ἐσείσθη	1	was stirred	Alternate translation: “was excited”
1845	MAT	21	12	mc5v			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
1846	MAT	21	12	y9j4	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus entered into the temple	Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1847	MAT	21	12	w7ac		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	those who were buying and selling	Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
1848	MAT	21	13	q41c		ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1		In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
1849	MAT	21	13	guy7		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
1850	MAT	21	13	m1jl	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1851	MAT	21	13	z8gr	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται	1	My house will be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People should call my house” or “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1852	MAT	21	13	n9v8		ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	Here, My refers to God and house refers to the temple.
1853	MAT	21	13	bd8x	figs-idiom	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1854	MAT	21	13	c7l3	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1855	MAT	21	14	rpp3	figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	the blind and the lame	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives blind and lame, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1856	MAT	21	14	aku3		χωλοὶ	1	the lame	To be lame is to have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult.
1857	MAT	21	15	hft8		τὰ θαυμάσια	1	the marvelous things	This phrase refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in 21:14. Alternate translation: “the wonderful things” or “the miracles”
1858	MAT	21	15	fqr9		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	Hosanna means “Save us” but can also mean “Praise God!” See how you translated this in 21:9.
1859	MAT	21	15	c6k8		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in 21:9.
1860	MAT	21	15	r3bs	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	they became very angry	It is implied that they were very angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1861	MAT	21	16	p7x2		ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1		In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
1862	MAT	21	16	zx4a	figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	Do you hear what they are saying?	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1863	MAT	21	16	luy1	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον?	1	Have you never read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1864	MAT	21	16	qa9u	figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise	From the mouths refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1865	MAT	21	17	kag5		καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς	1	having left them	Alternate translation: “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
1866	MAT	21	18	q488		δὲ	1	Now	Th word when is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
1867	MAT	21	19	l3bi			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
1868	MAT	21	19	h2la		ἐξηράνθη	1	withered	Alternate translation: “died and dried up”
1869	MAT	21	20	q81g	figs-rquestion	πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?	1	How did the fig tree immediately wither away?	The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1870	MAT	21	20	sk1g		ἐξηράνθη	1	did … wither away	Alternate translation: “did … dry up and die”
1871	MAT	21	21	nd3y		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1872	MAT	21	21	mwl5	figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	if you have faith and would not doubt	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1873	MAT	21	21	jf9h	figs-quotations	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1874	MAT	21	21	erml	figs-activepassive	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1875	MAT	21	23	yi7j			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
1876	MAT	21	23	uge9	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	when he had come into the temple	It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1877	MAT	21	23	s1w6		ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, these things refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
1878	MAT	21	25	k1a7		πόθεν ἦν?	1	from where was it?	Alternate translation: “where did he get the authority to do that?”
1879	MAT	21	25	vvt5	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’	This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1880	MAT	21	25	xx3b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	Here, heaven refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1881	MAT	21	25	jmg7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	Why then did you not believe him?	The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1882	MAT	21	26	zxn4	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	But if we would say, ‘From men,’	This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1883	MAT	21	26	vn6j		φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	we fear the crowd	Alternate translation: “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
1884	MAT	21	26	q1r1		πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	they all regard John as a prophet	Alternate translation: “they believe John is a prophet”
1885	MAT	21	28	u56n	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1886	MAT	21	28	iem2	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	But what do you think?	Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1887	MAT	21	29	b96z	figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	having changed his mind	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1888	MAT	21	31	hl72		λέγουσιν	1	They say	Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders said”
1889	MAT	21	31	au13		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
1890	MAT	21	31	er5s		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
1891	MAT	21	31	ec9f	figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you	Here, kingdom of God refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1892	MAT	21	31	pd34		προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	enter … before you	This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
1893	MAT	21	32	a8z8	figs-you	ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	John came to you	Here, you is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1894	MAT	21	32	n2ve	figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	in the way of righteousness	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1895	MAT	21	32	c5t4	figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	you did not believe him	Here, you is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1896	MAT	21	33	nn9y	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1897	MAT	21	33	sx2y		οἰκοδεσπότης	1	a landowner	Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
1898	MAT	21	33	v39u		φραγμὸν	1	a hedge	Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
1899	MAT	21	33	lg79		ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	dug a winepress in it	Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
1900	MAT	21	33	eu7x		ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it out to vine growers	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
1901	MAT	21	33	vp8k		γεωργοῖς	1	to vine growers	These vine growers were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
1902	MAT	21	35	n1cq		τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	his servants	Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
1903	MAT	21	40	x1ll	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The word Therefore indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1904	MAT	21	41	ss2m		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They say to him	Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
1905	MAT	21	42	z9tm		λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1		Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
1906	MAT	21	42	x8zh			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
1907	MAT	21	42	kk7e		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make them specific, use the same audience as you did in 21:41.
1908	MAT	21	42	me7g	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Did you never read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’?	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1909	MAT	21	42	mcm8	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1910	MAT	21	42	uid2	figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	has become the head of the corner	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1911	MAT	21	42	b1sr		παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	This was from the Lord	Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
1912	MAT	21	42	el83	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	it is marvelous in our eyes	Here, in our eyes refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1913	MAT	21	43	s93a		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1914	MAT	21	43	c7pb	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here, you is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1915	MAT	21	43	v89z	figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation	Here, kingdom of God refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1916	MAT	21	43	x9nq	figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1917	MAT	21	43	cm2i	figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	producing its fruits	Here, fruits is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1918	MAT	21	44	r7up	figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces	Here, this stone is the same stone as in 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1919	MAT	21	44	e7qc	figs-activepassive	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1920	MAT	21	44	ghz2	figs-parallelism	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1921	MAT	21	44	fonh	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	This is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1922	MAT	21	45	gh8w			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
1923	MAT	21	45	qpy9		τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	his parables	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parables”
1924	MAT	22	intro	k5ze			0		Matthew 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Wedding Feast In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (Matthew 22:45).
1925	MAT	22	1	z8vz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1926	MAT	22	1	bc6y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people”
1927	MAT	22	2	xps3		ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in 13:24.
1928	MAT	22	3	wur1	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1929	MAT	22	4	c7x4	figs-activepassive	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1930	MAT	22	4	arqx	figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1931	MAT	22	4	iq6y		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1932	MAT	22	4	xu4t	figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1933	MAT	22	4	ro9h	figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1934	MAT	22	4	c48a		οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	My oxen and fattened calves	Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
1935	MAT	22	5	zu4c		οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	But they, having paid no attention	Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
1936	MAT	22	7	la7s	figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	he killed those murderers	It is implied that it was the king’s soldiers who killed the murderers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1937	MAT	22	8	k98u	figs-activepassive	οἱ…κεκλημένοι	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1938	MAT	22	9	p48s		τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	the crossings of the roads	The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people. Alternate translation: “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross”
1939	MAT	22	10	uva7		πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	both evil and good	Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
1940	MAT	22	10	c6ph	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	and the wedding hall was filled with those reclining at table	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1941	MAT	22	10	fy3a		ὁ γάμος	1	the wedding hall	A wedding hall was a large room where weddings were performed.
1942	MAT	22	12	c7iy	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes?	The king uses a question to scold the guest. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1943	MAT	22	12	w7vb		ὁ…ἐφιμώθη	1	he was speechless	Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
1944	MAT	22	13	jmp4		δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	Having bound him foot and hand	Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
1945	MAT	22	13	rpy8	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, outer darkness is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1946	MAT	22	13	s9ge	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the weeping and the grinding of teeth	Here, the grinding of teeth is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1947	MAT	22	14	hy3a	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	For many are called, but few are chosen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1948	MAT	22	14	yz5f		γάρ	1	For	Here, For marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
1949	MAT	22	15	y826			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
1950	MAT	22	15	u2mj		ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	how they might entrap him in his words	Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
1951	MAT	22	16	eae4	figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	their disciples … the Herodians	The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1952	MAT	22	16	rf66	translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians	The Herodians were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1953	MAT	22	16	t2qa		οὐ…βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	2	for you do not look at the face of men	Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
1954	MAT	22	17	a9by	figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	to give a poll tax to Caesar	People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1955	MAT	22	18	a2ti	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Why are you testing me, you hypocrites?	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1956	MAT	22	19	cie7	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	The denarius was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1957	MAT	22	20	ue7j		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, them refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
1958	MAT	22	20	dr3d	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Whose image and name inscription is this?	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1959	MAT	22	21	yd84	figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	Caesar’s	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1960	MAT	22	21	i6g5		τὰ Καίσαρος	1	the things of Caesar	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
1961	MAT	22	21	l3dh		τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the things of God’s	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
1962	MAT	22	23	wqg2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
1963	MAT	22	24	xl5f	figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the Scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1964	MAT	22	24	u7dm		ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	his brother … his wife … for his brother	Here, his refers to the dead man.
1965	MAT	22	25	ag5z	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Alternate translation: “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1966	MAT	22	26	r6bq	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά	1	the second … the third … the seventh	Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1967	MAT	22	27	t7md		ὕστερον…πάντων	1	last of all	Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
1968	MAT	22	28	wbd1		οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees use the word Therefore to shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
1969	MAT	22	28	s743		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
1970	MAT	22	29	p1ae	figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1971	MAT	22	29	xkvg	figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1972	MAT	22	29	dax6		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
1973	MAT	22	30	ygr1		ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
1974	MAT	22	30	uaj9		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	they neither marry	Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
1975	MAT	22	30	qkv1	figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	nor are given in marriage	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1976	MAT	22	31	nx66			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
1977	MAT	22	31	b9sy	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1978	MAT	22	31	ljj7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	what was spoken to you by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1979	MAT	22	32	qcq3	figs-rquestion	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words have you not read in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what God meant when he said he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1980	MAT	22	32	zwbp	figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1981	MAT	22	32	t7lv	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	of the dead, but of the living	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives dead and living, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1982	MAT	22	34	jnd7			0	Connecting Statement:	A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
1983	MAT	22	35	ud5r		νομικὸς	1	a lawyer	This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “an expert in the law”
1984	MAT	22	37	vng8		ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1		Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
1985	MAT	22	37	xl3e	figs-doublet	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1986	MAT	22	37	g0mt	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	Here, heart and soul are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1987	MAT	22	38	q8j3	figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	the great and first commandment	Here, great and first mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1988	MAT	22	39	xk1k		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1		Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
1989	MAT	22	39	yx7v		τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here, neighbor means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
1990	MAT	22	40	wpr8	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets	Here the phrase the whole law and the prophets refers to all of Scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1991	MAT	22	41	r9ca			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
1992	MAT	22	41	pj4a		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
1993	MAT	22	42	xlf8		υἱός	1	son	Here, son means “descendant.”
1994	MAT	22	42	xhwj	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	Of David	In this reply, it is understood that they are saying whose son the Christ will be. Alternate translation: “He is the son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1995	MAT	22	43	dpp5			0	General Information:	In verses 43-44, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
1996	MAT	22	43	cu3h	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1997	MAT	22	43	yu5m		Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	David in the Spirit	This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says. Alternate translation: “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring”
1998	MAT	22	43	dn9y		καλεῖ…αὐτὸν	1	does … call him	Here, him refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
1999	MAT	22	44	wy85		εἶπεν Κύριος	1	The Lord said	Here, Lord refers to God the Father.
2000	MAT	22	44	k3f7		τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	to my Lord	Here, Lord refers to the Christ. Also, my refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
2001	MAT	22	44	dz2a	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2002	MAT	22	44	e59n	figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I put your enemies under your feet	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2003	MAT	22	45	d8gl	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son?	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2004	MAT	22	45	x9uh		εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον,	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’	David referred to Jesus as Lord because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
2005	MAT	22	46	n3hw	figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	to answer him a word	Here, word refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2006	MAT	22	46	c1f2	figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	to question him any longer	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2007	MAT	23	intro	m99i			0		Matthew 23 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Hypocrites Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times (Matthew 23:13) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Name calling In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” (Matthew 23:16-17). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (Matthew 23:11-12).
2008	MAT	23	1	skq4			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that continues to 25:46, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
2009	MAT	23	2	dnu3	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	sit in Moses’ seat	Here, seat represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2010	MAT	23	3	q336		πάντα…ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Therefore whatever … do and observe these things	Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
2011	MAT	23	4	xce6	figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them	Here, bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2012	MAT	23	4	xtr1	figs-idiom	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them	Here, will not move a finger is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2013	MAT	23	5	nw4y	figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	They do all their deeds to be seen by people	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2014	MAT	23	5	ln6j	figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments	Both of these actions are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2015	MAT	23	5	gcv7		φυλακτήρια	1	phylacteries	The phylacteries were small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it.
2016	MAT	23	5	h2qj		μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	they enlarge the edges of their garments	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
2017	MAT	23	6	arf1		τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	the chief places … the chief seats	Both of these places are the places where the most important people sit.
2018	MAT	23	7	cp2m		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplaces	The marketplace was a large, open-air area where people bought and sold items.
2019	MAT	23	7	cbe8	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people.	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2020	MAT	23	8	uk5v	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	But you must not be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2021	MAT	23	8	ru2b	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμεῖς	1	you	All occurrences of you and your are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2022	MAT	23	8	s5du		ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	you are brothers	Here, brothers means “fellow believers.”
2023	MAT	23	9	l33f	figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2024	MAT	23	9	any8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	heavenly Father	Father here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2025	MAT	23	10	b8ua	figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	And you should not be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2026	MAT	23	10	lp5f	figs-123person	ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	for your teacher is one—the Christ	When Jesus said the Christ, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2027	MAT	23	11	d62b		ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν	1	the greatest among you	Alternate translation: “the person who is most important among you”
2028	MAT	23	11	d9xw	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	among you	Here, you is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2029	MAT	23	12	x187		ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν	1	will exalt himself	Alternate translation: “makes himself important”
2030	MAT	23	12	e81r	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2031	MAT	23	12	uz88	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2032	MAT	23	13	ts6z	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	Jesus speaks of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2033	MAT	23	13	qjt2	figs-metonymy		0	General Information:	The words kingdom of the heavens, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2034	MAT	23	13	aw49			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
2035	MAT	23	13	i9dq		οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But woe to you	See how you translated this in 11:21. Alternate translation: “But how terrible it will be for you”
2036	MAT	23	13	j4sd	figs-metonymy	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	The phrase the kingdom of the heavens refers to God ruling over his people. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use heavens in your translation. Alternate translation: “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king, but you do not accept him as king, and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2037	MAT	23	13	xtjf	figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2038	MAT	23	15	e4a8	figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	you go over the sea and the dry land	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2039	MAT	23	15	xo45	figs-merism	τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	the sea and the dry land	The sea and the dry land represent the two extremes where people can go on earth. Alternate translation: “everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2040	MAT	23	15	iyl7		ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	to make one proselyte	Alternate translation: “to make one person accept your religion”
2041	MAT	23	15	bq91	figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	a son of hell	Here, son of is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2042	MAT	23	16	r5k3	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	you blind guides	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in 15:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2043	MAT	23	16	qgh8		ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	by the temple, it is nothing	Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
2044	MAT	23	16	lni3		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
2045	MAT	23	17	s7a8	figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	You fools and blind men!	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2046	MAT	23	17	f9zd	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2047	MAT	23	17	j6d5		ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	the temple that has made the gold holy	Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
2048	MAT	23	18	lr61	figs-ellipsis	καί	1	And	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2049	MAT	23	18	d331		οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	it is nothing	Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
2050	MAT	23	18	ngd2		τῷ δώρῳ	1	the gift	This gift was an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
2051	MAT	23	18	zg72		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
2052	MAT	23	19	y6hk	figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	blind men	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2053	MAT	23	19	g7qr	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2054	MAT	23	19	gt4d		τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	the altar that makes the gift holy	Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
2055	MAT	23	20	x4q4		ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	by everything that is on it	Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
2056	MAT	23	21	m21b		τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	the one inhabiting it	This refers to God the Father.
2057	MAT	23	22	ejw9		τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	the one sitting on it	As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
2058	MAT	23	23	lg3r		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in 11:21. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
2059	MAT	23	23	n94y	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	the mint and the dill and the cumin	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2060	MAT	23	23	hga6		ἀφήκατε	1	you have neglected	Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
2061	MAT	23	23	c8bb		τὰ βαρύτερα	1	the weightier matters	Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
2062	MAT	23	23	m32j		ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	But it was necessary to do these	Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
2063	MAT	23	23	nn6q	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	and not to neglect those	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative not … neglect, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2064	MAT	23	24	y84y	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	You blind guides	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in 15:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2065	MAT	23	24	l7fh	figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2066	MAT	23	24	g87t	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel	Jesus understands that it is impossible for a man to swallow a camel. He is exaggerating in order to emphasize how foolish the scribes and Pharisees are to ignore the most important laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2067	MAT	23	24	xgoa	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2068	MAT	23	24	sn3z		οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	you who are straining out the gnat	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
2069	MAT	23	24	whk2		κώνωπα	1	gnat	A gnat is a small flying insect.
2070	MAT	23	25	ns27		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in 11:21. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
2071	MAT	23	25	ru45	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2072	MAT	23	25	tz8h		γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	they are full of greed and self-indulgence	Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
2073	MAT	23	26	lb5j	figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	You blind Pharisee!	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2074	MAT	23	26	f9p8	figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it may become clean also	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2075	MAT	23	27	kry1	figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας	1	you are like whitewashed tombs … uncleanness	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2076	MAT	23	27	ta1f	figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	whitewashed tombs	The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2077	MAT	23	29	tse6	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	of the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective righteous, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2078	MAT	23	30	kkf2		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	in the days of our fathers	Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
2079	MAT	23	30	nq82		οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	we would not have been partners with them	Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
2080	MAT	23	30	x99m	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	in the blood of the prophets	Here, blood is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2081	MAT	23	31	l7rl		υἱοί ἐστε	1	you are sons	Here, sons means “descendants.”
2082	MAT	23	32	bpz8	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	And you fill up the measure of your fathers	Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “And you finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2083	MAT	23	33	va5c	figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, serpents and vipers both refer to poisonous snakes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2084	MAT	23	33	cfj3	figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, serpents and vipers are dangerous creatures and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2085	MAT	23	33	blv6		γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	you offspring of vipers	Here, offspring means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in 3:7.
2086	MAT	23	33	vi6c	figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	how might you escape from the judgment of hell?	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2087	MAT	23	34	rq8c		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
2088	MAT	23	35	l7ya	figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	The phrase come upon you is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2089	MAT	23	35	h5n7	figs-metonymy	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents righteous people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2090	MAT	23	35	b3a7	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος	1	from the blood … as far as the blood	Here the word blood represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2091	MAT	23	35	z95g	figs-merism	Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου	1	of … Abel … of Zechariah	Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2092	MAT	23	35	cbq9		Ζαχαρίου	1	of Zechariah	This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
2093	MAT	23	35	s11l		ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	whom you killed	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
2094	MAT	23	36	ut4l		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2095	MAT	23	37	w23t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
2096	MAT	23	37	vne9	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks as if he were talking only to the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2097	MAT	23	37	xuj1	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2098	MAT	23	37	tz4r	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who have been sent to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2099	MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her children. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2100	MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2101	MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	A hen is a female chicken. You can translate this with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2102	MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
2103	MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2104	MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2105	MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord!	Here, in the name means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in 21:9. Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2106	MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		Matthew 24 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Special concepts in this chapter “The end of the age” In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) The example of Noah In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Let” The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
2107	MAT	24	1	dh7u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
2108	MAT	24	1	ke79	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	from the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2109	MAT	24	2	mh5y	figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Do you not see all these things?	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2110	MAT	24	2	fnv8		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2111	MAT	24	2	l45q	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2112	MAT	24	2	ecdz	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2113	MAT	24	3	e1is	figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?	Here, your coming refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “what will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2114	MAT	24	4	s64s	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Be careful that no one might lead you astray	Here, might lead you astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2115	MAT	24	5	lq71	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	many will come in my name	Here, in my name refers to “in my authority” or “as my representative.” Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2116	MAT	24	5	twh8	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	will lead many astray	Here, will lead many astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2117	MAT	24	6	hdz3	figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	See that you are not troubled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2118	MAT	24	7	ygf2	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2119	MAT	24	7	xuow	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom,	Here, nation and kingdom represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2120	MAT	24	8	q4gl	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	are the beginning of birth pains	Here, birth pains refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2121	MAT	24	9	u5e6		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you	Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
2122	MAT	24	9	uw1i	figs-metonymy	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	Here, nations is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2123	MAT	24	9	nsh3	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2124	MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for the sake of my name	Here, name refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2125	MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will be raised up	Here, be raised up is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2126	MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, will lead many astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2127	MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will be increased	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun lawlessness, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2128	MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2129	MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2130	MAT	24	13	l1pp		ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	But the one who has endured	Alternate translation: “But the person who stays faithful”
2131	MAT	24	13	ht34		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether the end refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
2132	MAT	24	13	lra5		τέλος	1	the end	Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
2133	MAT	24	14	x3e6	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	this good news of the kingdom will be preached	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2134	MAT	24	14	opuo	figs-metonymy	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	this good news of the kingdom will be preached	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2135	MAT	24	14	y65s	figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to all the nations	Here, nations stands for people. Alternate translation: “to all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2136	MAT	24	15	mf1b	figs-activepassive	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	the abomination of desolation, which has been spoken of by Daniel the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2137	MAT	24	15	lz9p		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the one reading understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
2138	MAT	24	17	iv2j		ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	the one on the housetop	A typical housetop where Jesus lived was flat, and people could stand on it.
2139	MAT	24	19	kq12	figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2140	MAT	24	19	f533		ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Alternate translation: “at that time”
2141	MAT	24	20	u4jb		ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	so that your flight may not occur	Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
2142	MAT	24	20	m6mx		χειμῶνος	1	in winter	Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
2143	MAT	24	22	vd3z	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would have been saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2144	MAT	24	22	r9qw	figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	flesh	Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2145	MAT	24	22	p6m8	figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	those days will be shortened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2146	MAT	24	23	avm2		μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	you may not believe it	Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
2147	MAT	24	24	n744	figs-metaphor	ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect	Here, lead astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2148	MAT	24	26	fmx1	figs-quotations	ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	if they might say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you may not go out there	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2149	MAT	24	26	zxg2	figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Or, ‘Behold, he is in the inner rooms,’	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2150	MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	he is in the inner rooms	Alternate translation: “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
2151	MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2152	MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2153	MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2154	MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	A vulture is a large bird that eats the bodies of dead or dying creatures.
2155	MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
2156	MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
2157	MAT	24	29	zuk4	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2158	MAT	24	29	w1bi	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2159	MAT	24	30	yc2x	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2160	MAT	24	30	tld8	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	all the tribes	Here, tribes refers to people of different ethic groups. Alternate translation: “every people group” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2161	MAT	24	31	fl54		ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet	Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
2162	MAT	24	31	rlb4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ	1	he will send his	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2163	MAT	24	31	wi28		ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	they will gather together	Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
2164	MAT	24	31	iq8c		τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	his elect	The elect are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
2165	MAT	24	31	ibw7	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2166	MAT	24	31	wp9t	figs-idiom	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2167	MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2168	MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. Alternate translation: “close to the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2169	MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2170	MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation may certainly not pass away	Here, pass away is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2171	MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
2172	MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all these things may have happened	Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
2173	MAT	24	34	r6sk		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	may certainly not pass away	Alternate translation: “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
2174	MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	The phrase the heaven and the earth is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2175	MAT	24	35	e6bf	figs-metonymy	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	my words may certainly not pass away	Here, words refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2176	MAT	24	36	q4pj	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	that day and hour	Here, day and hour refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2177	MAT	24	36	wq5r		οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	nor the Son	Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
2178	MAT	24	36	p5vu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	Son	Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2179	MAT	24	36	f4s2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2180	MAT	24	37	hf51		ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man	Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
2181	MAT	24	37	cpn8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2182	MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they did not know	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
2183	MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
2184	MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
2185	MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This refers to the time when the Son of Man comes.
2186	MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2187	MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
2188	MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	Alternate translation: “pay attention”
2189	MAT	24	43	ak6a	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into	Jesus uses a parable of a master and a thief to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2190	MAT	24	43	ki5s	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	the thief	Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2191	MAT	24	43	zs23		ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	he would have been alert	Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
2192	MAT	24	43	lg7i	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	would not have allowed his house to be broken into	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2193	MAT	24	44	gd17	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2194	MAT	24	45	f92d	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time?	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2195	MAT	24	45	lf8d		τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	to give them their food	Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
2196	MAT	24	47	lin7		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2197	MAT	24	48	f9ft	figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	might say in his heart	Here, heart refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2198	MAT	24	48	per6	figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	My master is delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2199	MAT	24	50	bz5k	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2200	MAT	24	51	jj2z	figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	he will cut him in pieces	This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2201	MAT	24	51	pm18		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	will assign his place with the hypocrites	Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
2202	MAT	24	51	rwd5	translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	there will be the weeping and the grinding of the teeth	Here, the grinding of the teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2203	MAT	25	intro	qe8a			0		Matthew 25 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the ten virgins Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins (Matthew 25:1-13) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
2204	MAT	25	1	em28	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2205	MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to	Here, kingdom of the heavens refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase kingdom of the heavens is used only in Matthew. if possible, use heavens in your translation. See how you translated this in 13:24. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2206	MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could refer to: (1) oil lamps. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
2207	MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	five of them	Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
2208	MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take oil with themselves	Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
2209	MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2210	MAT	25	5	pvh4	figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου	1	while the bridegroom was delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2211	MAT	25	5	qf4b		ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	they all became sleepy	Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
2212	MAT	25	6	ufp2		κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	there was a cry	Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
2213	MAT	25	7	ni6u		ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	trimmed their lamps	Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
2214	MAT	25	8	tsh4	figs-nominaladj	αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	the foolish said to the wise	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives foolish and wise, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2215	MAT	25	8	i1r7	figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	our lamps are going out	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2216	MAT	25	10	rfh6		ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	But while they were going away	Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
2217	MAT	25	10	jej8	figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	to buy	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2218	MAT	25	10	t229		αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	the prepared	This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
2219	MAT	25	10	g29i	figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	the door was shut	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2220	MAT	25	11	e5pz	figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	open for us	You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2221	MAT	25	12	z5u1		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2222	MAT	25	12	h4a8		οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	I do not know you	Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
2223	MAT	25	13	hn7w	figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	Here, day and hour refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2224	MAT	25	13	xfdj	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2225	MAT	25	14	cn21	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2226	MAT	25	14	zqi2		ὥσπερ	1	it is like	The word it here refers to the kingdom of heaven (13:24).
2227	MAT	25	14	wv71		ἀποδημῶν	1	going to another country	Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
2228	MAT	25	14	vhw1		παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	handed over to them his possessions	Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
2229	MAT	25	14	fmb3		τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions	Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
2230	MAT	25	15	i81u	translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	five talents	Avoid translating this into modern money. A talent of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2231	MAT	25	15	vyj2	figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν	1	and to one, two, and to one, one	The word talents is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2232	MAT	25	15	d87u	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	according to his own ability	You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2233	MAT	25	16	qkr2		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	gained another five talents	Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
2234	MAT	25	17	u4vs		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	gained another two	Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
2235	MAT	25	19	vc9p		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2236	MAT	25	20	adz4		πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I gained five talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
2237	MAT	25	20	ttf7	translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	talents	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in 25:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2238	MAT	25	21	l5mg		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
2239	MAT	25	21	d2s9	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase Enter into the joy is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2240	MAT	25	21	u9od	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2241	MAT	25	22	n2xc		δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I have gained two talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
2242	MAT	25	23	hsb6		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in 25:21. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
2243	MAT	25	23	plv7	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase Enter into the joy is an idiom. See how you translated this in 25:21. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2244	MAT	25	23	b5k7	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2245	MAT	25	24	m8an	figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	The words reaping where you did not sow and gathering where you did not scatter mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2246	MAT	25	24	xj4e	figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2247	MAT	25	24	au9f		οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	you did not scatter	This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
2248	MAT	25	25	wl5c		ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Behold, you have what is yours	Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
2249	MAT	25	26	l3jz		πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	You wicked and lazy slave, you have known	Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
2250	MAT	25	26	he3h	figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	The words reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2251	MAT	25	26	xtaj	figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in 25:24, where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2252	MAT	25	27	rhg9	figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	I would have received back my money	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2253	MAT	25	27	n7jd		τόκῳ	1	interest	This interest was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
2254	MAT	25	28	paw8		ἄρατε…τὸ τάλαντον	1	take away the talent	The master is speaking to other servants.
2255	MAT	25	28	b1ge	translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	the talent	A talent was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in 25:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2256	MAT	25	29	e5py	figs-explicit	τῷ…ἔχοντι	1	to the one having	It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2257	MAT	25	29	r7lv		καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	even more abundantly	Alternate translation: “even much more”
2258	MAT	25	29	pcr5	figs-explicit	τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος	1	But from the one not having	It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2259	MAT	25	29	mdc1	figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	will be taken away	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2260	MAT	25	30	c2vb	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, outer darkness is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2261	MAT	25	30	zy3k	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, grinding of teeth is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2262	MAT	25	31	qtg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
2263	MAT	25	31	e7um	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2264	MAT	25	32	f2w9	figs-activepassive	καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	And before him will be gathered all the nations	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2265	MAT	25	32	kd14		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Alternate translation: “in front of him”
2266	MAT	25	32	ndf5	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	all the nations	Here, nations refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2267	MAT	25	32	nk18	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats	Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2268	MAT	25	33	pbq9	figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2269	MAT	25	34	t8pp	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ	1	the King … his	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2270	MAT	25	34	ze81	figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Come, you who have been blessed by my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2271	MAT	25	34	h2k9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2272	MAT	25	34	b57r	figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2273	MAT	25	34	yj1p	figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2274	MAT	25	34	cdi8		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
2275	MAT	25	37	yh3p	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective righteous, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2276	MAT	25	37	cs5d	figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	Or thirsty	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2277	MAT	25	38	h52x	figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν?	1	Or naked	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2278	MAT	25	40	m6mi	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	the King	Here, the King is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2279	MAT	25	40	i2aq		ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	will say to them	Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
2280	MAT	25	40	mhe2		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2281	MAT	25	40	acs3		ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least	Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
2282	MAT	25	40	nh4y	figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	of these brothers of mine	Here, brothers refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2283	MAT	25	40	k4hb		ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	you did it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
2284	MAT	25	41	z1nh	figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ	1	Then he also will say	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2285	MAT	25	41	pr8n		κατηραμένοι	1	you cursed	Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
2286	MAT	25	41	hqf5	figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	the everlasting fire that has been prepared	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2287	MAT	25	43	g6ec	figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	naked, and you did not clothe me	The words I was preceding naked are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2288	MAT	25	43	tq4x	figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	sick and in prison	The words “I was” preceding sick are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2289	MAT	25	44	hiy6		ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	they will also answer	Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
2290	MAT	25	45	nm2e		ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least of these	Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
2291	MAT	25	45	whu5		οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	you did not do it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
2292	MAT	25	46	m6me		καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	And these will go away into everlasting punishment	Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
2293	MAT	25	46	nj72	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	but the righteous into everlasting life	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2294	MAT	25	46	kq5b	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use nominative adjective righteous, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2295	MAT	26	intro	mtq8			0		Matthew 26 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Sheep Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In Matthew 26:31, however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested. Passover The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live. The eating of the body and blood Matthew 26:26-28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Judas’ kiss for Jesus Matthew 26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other. “I am able to destroy the temple of God” Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (Matthew 26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).
2296	MAT	26	1	t5mz			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
2297	MAT	26	1	i35c		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And after” or “Then, after”
2298	MAT	26	1	xiv4		πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	all these words	The phrase these words refers to all that Jesus taught starting in 24:3.
2299	MAT	26	2	g4lh	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	the Son of Man is being delivered up to be crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2300	MAT	26	2	r9px	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2301	MAT	26	3	wew3	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 3-5 give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2302	MAT	26	3	eps8	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2303	MAT	26	4	hi4x		δόλῳ	1	stealthily	Alternate translation: “secretly”
2304	MAT	26	5	u4fh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the festival	It may be helpful to your readers to state what the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2305	MAT	26	5	s9p7		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	the festival	Here, festival refers to the yearly Passover festival.
2306	MAT	26	6	v2up			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
2307	MAT	26	6	zq3j		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2308	MAT	26	6	hg3s	figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon the leper	It is implied that this Simon is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2309	MAT	26	7	ukb9		ἀνακειμένου	1	and he was reclining at table	You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “and Jesus was lying on his side”
2310	MAT	26	7	yxf8		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	a woman came to him	Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
2311	MAT	26	7	bhs8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This alabaster jar was a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2312	MAT	26	7	yu67		μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	of very expensive ointment	This refers to oil that has a pleasing smell.
2313	MAT	26	7	ea5e		κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	she poured it upon his head	The woman did this to honor Jesus.
2314	MAT	26	8	vit4	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	For what is this waste?	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2315	MAT	26	9	y83e	figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	For this was able to have been sold for a large amount and to be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For she could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2316	MAT	26	9	f76h	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective the poor, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2317	MAT	26	10	pfv1	figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Why are you causing trouble for this woman?	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2318	MAT	26	10	fg3v	figs-you	παρέχετε	1	are you causing	Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2319	MAT	26	11	wsp9	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective poor, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2320	MAT	26	12	vk5w		τὸ μύρον	1	ointment	This ointment was oil that had a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in 26:7.
2321	MAT	26	13	xs1w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2322	MAT	26	13	g45l	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	wherever this good news may be preached	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2323	MAT	26	13	s12m	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	what she has done will also be spoken of in memory of her	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2324	MAT	26	14	i3dy			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
2325	MAT	26	15	es4b		κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	and I will betray him to you	Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
2326	MAT	26	15	x7zx		τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver”
2327	MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	in order that he might betray him	Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
2328	MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
2329	MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2330	MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2331	MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
2332	MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2333	MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I am doing the Passover	Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
2334	MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Translate reclining with the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
2335	MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2336	MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2337	MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2338	MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will depart	Here, depart is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2339	MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2340	MAT	26	24	hai5	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	to that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2341	MAT	26	25	vpq1	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Surely it is not I, Rabbi?	Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2342	MAT	26	25	y9lk	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2343	MAT	26	26	qh16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
2344	MAT	26	26	mr5u		λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	having taken … having blessed it … he broke it	See how you translated these words in 14:19.
2345	MAT	26	27	tn39	figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	a cup	Here, cup refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2346	MAT	26	27	zb1i		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	he gave it to them	Alternate translation: “he gave it to the disciples”
2347	MAT	26	27	a9me		πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Drink from it	Alternate translation: “Drink the wine from this cup”
2348	MAT	26	28	l55a		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	For this is my blood	Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
2349	MAT	26	28	ct81		τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης	1	blood of the covenant	Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
2350	MAT	26	28	bms3	figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	is being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2351	MAT	26	29	l556		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2352	MAT	26	29	h85b	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	fruit of the vine	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2353	MAT	26	29	q8zs	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the kingdom of my Father	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2354	MAT	26	29	m9vq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2355	MAT	26	30	ed5k		καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	And having sung a hymn	A hymn is a song of praise to God.
2356	MAT	26	31	v8yl		σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	will be caused to stumble in me	Alternate translation: “will leave me”
2357	MAT	26	31	nzy2		πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1		In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
2358	MAT	26	31	iap6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	for it is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2359	MAT	26	31	u1t5	figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	I will strike	Here, I refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2360	MAT	26	31	mc1e	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the shepherd … the sheep of the flock	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2361	MAT	26	31	rvk1	figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the sheep of the flock will be scattered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2362	MAT	26	32	pj2u	figs-idiom	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	after I am raised up	Here to be raised up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2363	MAT	26	32	xuyz	figs-activepassive	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί	1	after I am raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2364	MAT	26	33	m2un		σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	will be caused to stumble	See how you translated this phrase in 26:31.
2365	MAT	26	34	sf9x		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
2366	MAT	26	34	ui4y	figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	before the rooster crows	A rooster often crows about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word rooster in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2367	MAT	26	34	lx5i		ἀλέκτορα	1	the rooster	A rooster is a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up.
2368	MAT	26	34	h66w		φωνῆσαι	1	crows	Here, crows is the common English word for what a rooster does when it calls out loudly.
2369	MAT	26	34	b2rh		τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	you will deny me three times	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
2370	MAT	26	36	lm3n			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
2371	MAT	26	37	ny4m		ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	he began to be grieved	Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
2372	MAT	26	38	gf7k	figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is deeply sorrowful	Here, soul refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2373	MAT	26	38	c43t	figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	to the point of death	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2374	MAT	26	39	kcz4	figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	he fell on his face	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2375	MAT	26	39	nuv7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	Father is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2376	MAT	26	39	f254	figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	let this cup pass away from me	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word cup is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2377	MAT	26	39	i7rr	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	Here, cup is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2378	MAT	26	39	bcn2	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2379	MAT	26	39	k5in	figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Yet, not as I will, but as you	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2380	MAT	26	40	ev7s	figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι	1	he says to Peter, “So, were you not able to watch	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the you is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2381	MAT	26	40	c11a	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour?	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2382	MAT	26	41	buv4	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	you might not enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun temptation, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2383	MAT	26	41	ny5w	figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Here, spirit is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2384	MAT	26	41	xlig	figs-synecdoche	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Flesh stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2385	MAT	26	42	pz9l		ἀπελθὼν	1	having gone away	Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
2386	MAT	26	42	tqp8	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The first time is described in 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2387	MAT	26	42	ch7t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2388	MAT	26	42	b6cn	figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. Alternate translation: “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2389	MAT	26	42	td6g	figs-metaphor	εἰ…τοῦτο	1	if this	Here, this refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2390	MAT	26	42	i135	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	unless I may drink it	Here, it refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in 26:39. Alternate translation: “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2391	MAT	26	42	xsk1	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	let your will be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2392	MAT	26	43	lts9	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	their eyes were weighed down	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2393	MAT	26	44	v3i9	translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	a third time	The first time is described in 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2394	MAT	26	45	vvp9	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2395	MAT	26	45	rw3r	figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has approached	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2396	MAT	26	45	g9hi	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2397	MAT	26	45	ell4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2398	MAT	26	45	g9eb	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	is being betrayed into the hands of sinners	Here, hands refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2399	MAT	26	45	yx8v		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2400	MAT	26	47	hsv7			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
2401	MAT	26	47	rlp9		καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	And as he is still speaking	Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
2402	MAT	26	47	e26h		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
2403	MAT	26	48	qb4y	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, Now is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2404	MAT	26	48	gw8m	figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	saying, “Whomever I may kiss is him. Seize him.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2405	MAT	26	48	m23z		ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Whomever I may kiss	Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
2406	MAT	26	48	nr34		φιλήσω	1	I may kiss	This action was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
2407	MAT	26	49	uig8		προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come up to Jesus	Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
2408	MAT	26	49	cyb7		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus. Alternate translation: “he met him with a kiss”
2409	MAT	26	50	w3d6		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας	1	they laid hands	Here, they refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
2410	MAT	26	50	vmd1		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him	Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
2411	MAT	26	51	vm6s		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	The word behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2412	MAT	26	52	tj6n	figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	The word sword is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2413	MAT	26	52	gzbc	figs-explicit	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2414	MAT	26	52	w357		μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	a sword will perish by the sword	Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
2415	MAT	26	53	kgx8	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once?	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2416	MAT	26	53	eb7i	figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	do you think	Here, you is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2417	MAT	26	53	g3zq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2418	MAT	26	53	tfw8	translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	more than 12 legions of angels	The word legion is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2419	MAT	26	54	teq5	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This must happen so that the Scriptures will be fulfilled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2420	MAT	26	54	xqpr	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2421	MAT	26	55	yf4p	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber?	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2422	MAT	26	55	q9vq		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
2423	MAT	26	55	e8dq	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2424	MAT	26	56	ygn7	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2425	MAT	26	56	i2jp		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	having left him	If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
2426	MAT	26	57	f6nj			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
2427	MAT	26	58	jui3		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	But Peter was following him	Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
2428	MAT	26	58	isd4		τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	the courtyard of the high priest	This courtyard was an open area near the high priest’s house.
2429	MAT	26	58	v8th		καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	And having entered inside	Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
2430	MAT	26	59	i8jw		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2431	MAT	26	59	jwz5		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Here, they refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
2432	MAT	26	59	u6v9		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
2433	MAT	26	60	m6n5		προσελθόντες δύο	1	two, having come forward	Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
2434	MAT	26	61	a8lf	writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.’”	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2435	MAT	26	61	i5n4		οὗτος ἔφη	1	This man said	Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
2436	MAT	26	61	mbq1		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	This phrase means “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time.
2437	MAT	26	62	v6j9		τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	What is it that they are testifying against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
2438	MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2439	MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here, living contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in 16:16.
2440	MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2441	MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I say to you, from now on you will see	Here, you is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2442	MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase from now on could: (1) be an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
2443	MAT	26	64	b6cb	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2444	MAT	26	64	p5px	figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	Here, Power is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2445	MAT	26	64	lcxc	translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2446	MAT	26	64	urp9		ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	coming on the clouds of heaven	Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
2447	MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	the high priest tore his robe	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2448	MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in 26:64 as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2449	MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2450	MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here, you is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2451	MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
2452	MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This action was done as an insult.
2453	MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here, Prophesy to us means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
2454	MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2455	MAT	26	69	bsb3			0	General Information:	These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
2456	MAT	26	69	h5ts			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
2457	MAT	26	69	y21l		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2458	MAT	26	70	sp1t		οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are talking about	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
2459	MAT	26	71	ief5		ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	But when he had gone out	Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
2460	MAT	26	71	gyw8		τὸν πυλῶνα	1	the gateway	This gateway was an opening in the wall around a courtyard.
2461	MAT	26	71	s7c4		λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	says to those there	Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
2462	MAT	26	72	e5xl		καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!”	Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
2463	MAT	26	73	hde3		ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
2464	MAT	26	73	w8ww		καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	for even your speech makes you evident	You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
2465	MAT	26	74	edd8		καταθεματίζειν	1	to curse	Alternate translation: “to call down a curse on himself”
2466	MAT	26	74	w87b		ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	a rooster crowed	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in 26:34.
2467	MAT	26	75	nx3j	figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2468	MAT	27	intro	deu4			0		Matthew 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Delivered him to Pilate the governor” The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” (Matthew 27:29) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2469	MAT	27	1	hvr4			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
2470	MAT	27	1	qe1s		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2471	MAT	27	1	cm46	figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	took counsel against Jesus so as to put him to death	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2472	MAT	27	3	vzf9	figs-events		0	General Information:	This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
2473	MAT	27	3	qm12		τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	Then Judas, who had betrayed him, having seen	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
2474	MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that he was condemned	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2475	MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the 30 pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in 26:15.
2476	MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2477	MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2478	MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
2479	MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
2480	MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
2481	MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	The treasury was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2482	MAT	27	6	j2l8	figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	the price of blood	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2483	MAT	27	7	mtg6		τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	the field of the potter	This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
2484	MAT	27	8	nts8	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	that field has been called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2485	MAT	27	8	ag2n		ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	to this day	Here, this day refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
2486	MAT	27	9	g1gc		καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1		The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
2487	MAT	27	9	rj3u	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Then what had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2488	MAT	27	9	t1dj	figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the price of the one whose price had been set by the sons of Israel	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2489	MAT	27	9	d7l7	figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the sons of Israel	This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2490	MAT	27	10	c2ch		συνέταξέν μοι	1	had directed me	Here, me refers to Jeremiah.
2491	MAT	27	11	pjc5		δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in 27:2. If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
2492	MAT	27	11	a2e7		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate”
2493	MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2494	MAT	27	12	vl3a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2495	MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2496	MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly	This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
2497	MAT	27	15	jjp8	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in 27:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2498	MAT	27	15	p1ha		ἑορτὴν	1	the festival	This is the festival of the Passover celebration.
2499	MAT	27	15	pfk6	figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2500	MAT	27	16	q2iu		εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	they were holding a notorious prisoner	Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
2501	MAT	27	16	svr2		ἐπίσημον	1	notorious	A notorious person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
2502	MAT	27	17	d8hv	figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν	1	when they were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2503	MAT	27	17	wrl3	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2504	MAT	27	18	jq3c		παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	they had handed him over to him	They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
2505	MAT	27	19	t3mx		καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	But while he was sitting	Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
2506	MAT	27	19	s5pc		καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	while he was sitting on the judgment seat	The judgment seat was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
2507	MAT	27	19	w4i8		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent word	Alternate translation: “sent a message”
2508	MAT	27	19	an95		πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	I have suffered much today	Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
2509	MAT	27	20	ax1i	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, now is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2510	MAT	27	20	et2m	figs-activepassive	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	but would kill Jesus	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2511	MAT	27	21	x6vf		εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
2512	MAT	27	22	zl85	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2513	MAT	27	23	m5jm		ἐποίησεν	1	did he do	Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
2514	MAT	27	23	nb7p		οἱ…ἔκραζον	1	they cried out	Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
2515	MAT	27	24	yj8t	translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	washed his hands in front of the crowd	Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2516	MAT	27	24	u1fe	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	the blood	Here, blood refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2517	MAT	27	24	de8w		ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	See to it yourselves	Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
2518	MAT	27	25	n5k1	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and our children	Here, blood is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2519	MAT	27	25	k1cb	figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and on our children	The phrase be on us and our children is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2520	MAT	27	26	yb5y		τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Then he released Barabbas to them	Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
2521	MAT	27	26	m63d	figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2522	MAT	27	26	n421	figs-metaphor	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2523	MAT	27	26	y3kf		τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	2	having scourged Jesus	Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
2524	MAT	27	27	zz45			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
2525	MAT	27	27	bn22		ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole company of soldiers	Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
2526	MAT	27	28	nx81		καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	And having stripped him	Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
2527	MAT	27	29	yw94		στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	a crown of thorns	Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
2528	MAT	27	29	dlz7		κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	a staff in his right hand	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
2529	MAT	27	29	qf8j	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus King of the Jews, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2530	MAT	27	29	gf6a		χαῖρε	1	Hail	Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
2531	MAT	27	30	ib5q		καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	And having spat on him	Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
2532	MAT	27	32	j5wq	figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	coming out	This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2533	MAT	27	32	ies4		εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	they found a man	Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
2534	MAT	27	32	sfj2		τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	whom they forced so that he would carry his cross	Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
2535	MAT	27	33	j6hb	figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	a place called Golgotha	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2536	MAT	27	34	f11j	figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	wine to drink mixed with gall	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2537	MAT	27	34	e2uk		χολῆς	1	gall	This gall was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
2538	MAT	27	37	j4s4		τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	the charge against him	Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
2539	MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	Then two robbers are being crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2540	MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2541	MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2542	MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2543	MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2544	MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him King of Israel, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2545	MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2546	MAT	27	43	uw85	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ…Υἱός	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2547	MAT	27	44	e26y	figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	the robbers who were crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2548	MAT	27	45	e7z4		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2549	MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour	Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
2550	MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness happened over all the land	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun darkness, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2551	MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
2552	MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2553	MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
2554	MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A sponge is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
2555	MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
2556	MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	released his spirit	Here, spirit refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2557	MAT	27	51	w1wq			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
2558	MAT	27	51	a92g		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2559	MAT	27	51	m1ic	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	the curtain of the temple was split in two	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2560	MAT	27	52	a1cu	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	And the tombs were opened, and many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2561	MAT	27	52	kj3r	figs-idiom	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	Here to be raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2562	MAT	27	52	hgn1	figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	who had fallen asleep	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2563	MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
2564	MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2565	MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those with him watching Jesus	This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2566	MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2567	MAT	27	56	ud33		ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	the mother of the sons of Zebedee	Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
2568	MAT	27	57	wm5z			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
2569	MAT	27	57	sy9y	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	Arimathea is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2570	MAT	27	58	c69n	figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	Then Pilate commanded it to be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2571	MAT	27	59	kj7u		σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	in a clean linen cloth	in a clean, fine, costly cloth
2572	MAT	27	60	hvs8	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	that he had cut into the rock	It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2573	MAT	27	60	lt4k	figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	And having rolled a large stone against	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2574	MAT	27	61	ihr8		ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	opposite the tomb	Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
2575	MAT	27	62	qj59		τὴν παρασκευήν	1	the Preparation	The Preparation is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
2576	MAT	27	62	j57n		συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	were gathered together with Pilate	Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
2577	MAT	27	63	sc6y		ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν	1	that deceiver, yet living	Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
2578	MAT	27	63	ri5s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	said, ‘After three days I am being raised up.’	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2579	MAT	27	64	b8n2	figs-activepassive	κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	command the tomb to be made secure	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2580	MAT	27	64	hbh8	translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	the third day	The word third is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2581	MAT	27	64	pwc8		ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	his disciples, having come, might steal him	Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
2582	MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	might say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2583	MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
2584	MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2585	MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This guard consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
2586	MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
2587	MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	with the guard	Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
2588	MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		Matthew 28 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. “Make disciples” The last two verses (Matthew 28:19-20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter An angel of the Lord Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
2589	MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
2590	MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week	Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
2591	MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2592	MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph (27:56). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
2593	MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2594	MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
2595	MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	An earthquake is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
2596	MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	his appearance	Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
2597	MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2598	MAT	28	3	i4hp	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing white like snow	The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2599	MAT	28	3	bzow	figs-simile	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing white like snow	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2600	MAT	28	4	b1ic	figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	became like dead men	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2601	MAT	28	5	q8dd		ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	to the women	Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
2602	MAT	28	5	tbd8	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	who has been crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2603	MAT	28	7	sp2a	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2604	MAT	28	7	r5cw		ἠγέρθη	1	He has been raised up	Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
2605	MAT	28	7	a1ir		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
2606	MAT	28	7	ljb2	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὄψεσθε…ὑμῖν	1	he is going ahead of you … you will see him	Here, all occurrences of you are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2607	MAT	28	8	j2sv		καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ	1	And having quickly left	Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
2608	MAT	28	9	s393		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2609	MAT	28	9	n5sz		χαίρετε	1	Greetings	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
2610	MAT	28	9	nmg1		ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	took hold of his feet	Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
2611	MAT	28	10	etk6		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	my brothers	Here, my brothers refers to Jesus’ disciples.
2612	MAT	28	11	u1ae			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
2613	MAT	28	11	ktu5		δὲ	1	Now	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2614	MAT	28	11	mu4l		αὐτῶν	1	They	Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
2615	MAT	28	11	rnr3		ἰδού	1	behold	Here, behold marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2616	MAT	28	12	ht82		συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	discussed the matter with them	The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
2617	MAT	28	13	kn8i	writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’	If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2618	MAT	28	14	n8xy		καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If this report reaches the governor	Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
2619	MAT	28	14	u13q		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate” (27:2)
2620	MAT	28	14	x57k		ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble	Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
2621	MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	did as they had been instructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2622	MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
2623	MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
2624	MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
2625	MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
2626	MAT	28	17	xgr5	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	but some doubted	You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2627	MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	All authority has been given to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2628	MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here, heaven and earth are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2629	MAT	28	19	yz6q	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	of all the nations	Here, nations refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2630	MAT	28	19	l5b5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	into the name	Here, name refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2631	MAT	28	19	kwa3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … the Son	Father and Son are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2632	MAT	28	20	mz6f		ἰδοὺ	1	See	Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2633	MAT	28	20	si8z		ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	even to the end of the age	Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”